- added build-instructions, readme and distribution support files for gcc.

git-svn-id: file:///srv/svn/repos/haiku/trunk/buildtools@9624 a95241bf-73f2-0310-859d-f6bbb57e9c96

INSTALL-from-source-BeOS

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+How to build gcc-2.95.3 for BeOS:
+
+cd into the buildtools folder (where this file lives)
+
+compile binutils:
+
+	mkdir binutils-obj
+	cd binutils-obj
+	CFLAGS="-O2" CXXFLAGS="-O2" ../binutils/configure --prefix=/boot/develop/tools/gnupro --enable-shared=yes
+	make
+	cd ..
+
+compile gcc:	
+
+	mkdir gcc-obj
+	cd gcc-obj
+	CFLAGS="-O2" CXXFLAGS="-O2" ../gcc/configure --prefix=/boot/develop/tools/gnupro --enable-shared=yes --enable-languages=c,c++
+	make bootstrap
+	cd ..
+
+Ok, now everything is compiled and ready, waiting to be installed:
+
+	mv /boot/develop/tools/gnupro /boot/develop/tools/gnupro_...
+	mkdir /boot/develop/tools/gcc-2.95.3_binutils-2.15
+	ln -s /boot/develop/tools/gcc-2.95.3_binutils-2.15 /boot/develop/tools/gnupro
+	cd binutils-obj
+	make install
+	cd ..
+	cd gcc-obj
+	make install
+	cd ..
+	
+That's it, gcc-2.95.3 and binutils-2.15 are now installed and active.
+
+So have fun!
+
+Please send questions & bug-reports to: Oliver Tappe <gcc@hirschkaefer.de>

binutils/gas/ehopt.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* ehopt.c--optimize gcc exception frame information.
-   Copyright 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
 
 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
@@ -31,17 +31,13 @@ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
 /* Try to optimize gcc 2.8 exception frame information.
 
    Exception frame information is emitted for every function in the
-   .eh_frame or .debug_frame sections.  Simple information for a function
-   with no exceptions looks like this:
+   .eh_frame section.  Simple information for a function with no
+   exceptions looks like this:
 
 __FRAME_BEGIN__:
 	.4byte	.LLCIE1	/ Length of Common Information Entry
 .LSCIE1:
-#if .eh_frame
 	.4byte	0x0	/ CIE Identifier Tag
-#elif .debug_frame
-	.4byte	0xffffffff / CIE Identifier Tag
-#endif
 	.byte	0x1	/ CIE Version
 	.byte	0x0	/ CIE Augmentation (none)
 	.byte	0x1	/ ULEB128 0x1 (CIE Code Alignment Factor)
@@ -88,29 +84,30 @@ __FRAME_BEGIN__:
    not know this value, it always uses four bytes.  We will know the
    value at the end of assembly, so we can do better.  */
 
-struct cie_info
-{
-  unsigned code_alignment;
-  int z_augmentation;
-};
+static int eh_frame_code_alignment PARAMS ((void));
 
-static int get_cie_info (struct cie_info *);
-
-/* Extract information from the CIE.  */
+/* Get the code alignment factor from the CIE.  */
 
 static int
-get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
+eh_frame_code_alignment ()
 {
+  static int code_alignment;
+  segT current_seg;
+  subsegT current_subseg;
   fragS *f;
   fixS *fix;
   int offset;
-  char CIE_id;
   char augmentation[10];
   int iaug;
-  int code_alignment = 0;
 
-  /* We should find the CIE at the start of the section.  */
+  if (code_alignment != 0)
+    return code_alignment;
 
+  /* We should find the CIE at the start of the .eh_frame section.  */
+
+  current_seg = now_seg;
+  current_subseg = now_subseg;
+  subseg_new (".eh_frame", 0);
 #if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || defined (MANY_SEGMENTS)
   f = seg_info (now_seg)->frchainP->frch_root;
 #else
@@ -121,15 +118,11 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
 #else
   fix = *seg_fix_rootP;
 #endif
+  subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
 
   /* Look through the frags of the section to find the code alignment.  */
 
-  /* First make sure that the CIE Identifier Tag is 0/-1.  */
-
-  if (strcmp (segment_name (now_seg), ".debug_frame") == 0)
-    CIE_id = (char)0xff;
-  else
-    CIE_id = 0;
+  /* First make sure that the CIE Identifier Tag is 0.  */
 
   offset = 4;
   while (f != NULL && offset >= f->fr_fix)
@@ -139,11 +132,14 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
     }
   if (f == NULL
       || f->fr_fix - offset < 4
-      || f->fr_literal[offset] != CIE_id
-      || f->fr_literal[offset + 1] != CIE_id
-      || f->fr_literal[offset + 2] != CIE_id
-      || f->fr_literal[offset + 3] != CIE_id)
-    return 0;
+      || f->fr_literal[offset] != 0
+      || f->fr_literal[offset + 1] != 0
+      || f->fr_literal[offset + 2] != 0
+      || f->fr_literal[offset + 3] != 0)
+    {
+      code_alignment = -1;
+      return -1;
+    }
 
   /* Next make sure the CIE version number is 1.  */
 
@@ -156,7 +152,10 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
   if (f == NULL
       || f->fr_fix - offset < 1
       || f->fr_literal[offset] != 1)
-    return 0;
+    {
+      code_alignment = -1;
+      return -1;
+    }
 
   /* Skip the augmentation (a null terminated string).  */
 
@@ -170,8 +169,10 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
 	  f = f->fr_next;
 	}
       if (f == NULL)
-	return 0;
-
+	{
+	  code_alignment = -1;
+	  return -1;
+	}
       while (offset < f->fr_fix && f->fr_literal[offset] != '\0')
 	{
 	  if ((size_t) iaug < (sizeof augmentation) - 1)
@@ -191,7 +192,10 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
       f = f->fr_next;
     }
   if (f == NULL)
-    return 0;
+    {
+      code_alignment = -1;
+      return -1;
+    }
 
   augmentation[iaug] = '\0';
   if (augmentation[0] == '\0')
@@ -215,22 +219,28 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
 	  f = f->fr_next;
 	}
       if (f == NULL)
-	return 0;
+	{
+	  code_alignment = -1;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      code_alignment = -1;
+      return -1;
     }
-  else if (augmentation[0] != 'z')
-    return 0;
 
   /* We're now at the code alignment factor, which is a ULEB128.  If
      it isn't a single byte, forget it.  */
 
   code_alignment = f->fr_literal[offset] & 0xff;
-  if ((code_alignment & 0x80) != 0)
-    code_alignment = 0;
+  if ((code_alignment & 0x80) != 0 || code_alignment == 0)
+    {
+      code_alignment = -1;
+      return -1;
+    }
 
-  info->code_alignment = code_alignment;
-  info->z_augmentation = (augmentation[0] == 'z');
-
-  return 1;
+  return code_alignment;
 }
 
 /* This function is called from emit_expr.  It looks for cases which
@@ -247,62 +257,37 @@ get_cie_info (struct cie_info *info)
    change *EXP and *PNBYTES.  */
 
 int
-check_eh_frame (expressionS *exp, unsigned int *pnbytes)
+check_eh_frame (exp, pnbytes)
+     expressionS *exp;
+     unsigned int *pnbytes;
 {
-  struct frame_data
-  {
-    enum frame_state
-    {
-      state_idle,
-      state_saw_size,
-      state_saw_cie_offset,
-      state_saw_pc_begin,
-      state_seeing_aug_size,
-      state_skipping_aug,
-      state_wait_loc4,
-      state_saw_loc4,
-      state_error,
-    } state;
+  static int saw_size;
+  static symbolS *size_end_sym;
+  static int saw_advance_loc4;
+  static fragS *loc4_frag;
+  static int loc4_fix;
 
-    int cie_info_ok;
-    struct cie_info cie_info;
-
-    symbolS *size_end_sym;
-    fragS *loc4_frag;
-    int loc4_fix;
-
-    int aug_size;
-    int aug_shift;
-  };
-
-  static struct frame_data eh_frame_data;
-  static struct frame_data debug_frame_data;
-  struct frame_data *d;
-
-  /* Don't optimize.  */
-  if (flag_traditional_format)
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Select the proper section data.  */
-  if (strcmp (segment_name (now_seg), ".eh_frame") == 0)
-    d = &eh_frame_data;
-  else if (strcmp (segment_name (now_seg), ".debug_frame") == 0)
-    d = &debug_frame_data;
-  else
-    return 0;
-
-  if (d->state >= state_saw_size && S_IS_DEFINED (d->size_end_sym))
+  if (saw_size
+      && S_IS_DEFINED (size_end_sym))
     {
       /* We have come to the end of the CIE or FDE.  See below where
          we set saw_size.  We must check this first because we may now
          be looking at the next size.  */
-      d->state = state_idle;
+      saw_size = 0;
+      saw_advance_loc4 = 0;
     }
 
-  switch (d->state)
+  if (flag_traditional_format)
     {
-    case state_idle:
-      if (*pnbytes == 4)
+      /* Don't optimize.  */
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (segment_name (now_seg), ".eh_frame") != 0)
+    {
+      saw_size = 0;
+      saw_advance_loc4 = 0;
+    }
+  else if (! saw_size
+	   && *pnbytes == 4)
 	{
 	  /* This might be the size of the CIE or FDE.  We want to know
 	     the size so that we don't accidentally optimize across an FDE
@@ -316,153 +301,100 @@ check_eh_frame (expressionS *exp, unsigned int *pnbytes)
 	  if ((exp->X_op == O_symbol || exp->X_op == O_subtract)
 	      && ! S_IS_DEFINED (exp->X_add_symbol))
 	    {
-	      d->state = state_saw_size;
-	      d->size_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
+	  saw_size = 1;
+	  size_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
 	    }
 	}
-      break;
-
-    case state_saw_size:
-    case state_saw_cie_offset:
-      /* Assume whatever form it appears in, it appears atomically.  */
-      d->state += 1;
-      break;
-
-    case state_saw_pc_begin:
-      /* Decide whether we should see an augmentation.  */
-      if (! d->cie_info_ok
-	  && ! (d->cie_info_ok = get_cie_info (&d->cie_info)))
-	d->state = state_error;
-      else if (d->cie_info.z_augmentation)
-	{
-	  d->state = state_seeing_aug_size;
-	  d->aug_size = 0;
-	  d->aug_shift = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	d->state = state_wait_loc4;
-      break;
-
-    case state_seeing_aug_size:
-      /* Bytes == -1 means this comes from an leb128 directive.  */
-      if ((int)*pnbytes == -1 && exp->X_op == O_constant)
-	{
-	  d->aug_size = exp->X_add_number;
-	  d->state = state_skipping_aug;
-	}
-      else if (*pnbytes == 1 && exp->X_op == O_constant)
-	{
-	  unsigned char byte = exp->X_add_number;
-	  d->aug_size |= (byte & 0x7f) << d->aug_shift;
-	  d->aug_shift += 7;
-	  if ((byte & 0x80) == 0)
-	    d->state = state_skipping_aug;
-	}
-      else
-	d->state = state_error;
-      if (d->state == state_skipping_aug && d->aug_size == 0)
-	d->state = state_wait_loc4;
-      break;
-
-    case state_skipping_aug:
-      if ((int)*pnbytes < 0)
-	d->state = state_error;
-      else
-	{
-	  int left = (d->aug_size -= *pnbytes);
-	  if (left == 0)
-	    d->state = state_wait_loc4;
-	  else if (left < 0)
-	    d->state = state_error;
-	}
-      break;
-
-    case state_wait_loc4:
-      if (*pnbytes == 1
+  else if (saw_size
+	   && *pnbytes == 1
 	  && exp->X_op == O_constant
 	  && exp->X_add_number == DW_CFA_advance_loc4)
 	{
 	  /* This might be a DW_CFA_advance_loc4.  Record the frag and the
 	     position within the frag, so that we can change it later.  */
+      saw_advance_loc4 = 1;
 	  frag_grow (1);
-	  d->state = state_saw_loc4;
-	  d->loc4_frag = frag_now;
-	  d->loc4_fix = frag_now_fix ();
+      loc4_frag = frag_now;
+      loc4_fix = frag_now_fix ();
 	}
-      break;
-
-    case state_saw_loc4:
-      d->state = state_wait_loc4;
-      if (*pnbytes != 4)
-	break;
-      if (exp->X_op == O_constant)
+  else if (saw_advance_loc4
+	   && *pnbytes == 4
+	   && exp->X_op == O_constant)
 	{
+      int ca;
+
 	  /* This is a case which we can optimize.  The two symbols being
 	     subtracted were in the same frag and the expression was
 	     reduced to a constant.  We can do the optimization entirely
 	     in this function.  */
-	  if (d->cie_info.code_alignment > 0
-	      && exp->X_add_number % d->cie_info.code_alignment == 0
-	      && exp->X_add_number / d->cie_info.code_alignment < 0x40)
-	    {
-	      d->loc4_frag->fr_literal[d->loc4_fix]
-		= DW_CFA_advance_loc
-		  | (exp->X_add_number / d->cie_info.code_alignment);
+
+      saw_advance_loc4 = 0;
+
+      ca = eh_frame_code_alignment ();
+      if (ca < 0)
+	{
+	  /* Don't optimize.  */
+	}
+      else if (exp->X_add_number % ca == 0
+	       && exp->X_add_number / ca < 0x40)
+	{
+	  loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix]
+	    = DW_CFA_advance_loc | (exp->X_add_number / ca);
 	      /* No more bytes needed.  */
 	      return 1;
 	    }
 	  else if (exp->X_add_number < 0x100)
 	    {
-	      d->loc4_frag->fr_literal[d->loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
+	  loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
 	      *pnbytes = 1;
 	    }
 	  else if (exp->X_add_number < 0x10000)
 	    {
-	      d->loc4_frag->fr_literal[d->loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
+	  loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
 	      *pnbytes = 2;
 	    }
 	}
-      else if (exp->X_op == O_subtract)
+  else if (saw_advance_loc4
+	   && *pnbytes == 4
+	   && exp->X_op == O_subtract)
 	{
+
 	  /* This is a case we can optimize.  The expression was not
 	     reduced, so we can not finish the optimization until the end
 	     of the assembly.  We set up a variant frag which we handle
 	     later.  */
-	  int fr_subtype;
 
-	  if (d->cie_info.code_alignment > 0)
-	    fr_subtype = d->cie_info.code_alignment << 3;
-	  else
-	    fr_subtype = 0;
+      saw_advance_loc4 = 0;
 
-	  frag_var (rs_cfa, 4, 0, fr_subtype, make_expr_symbol (exp),
-		    d->loc4_fix, (char *) d->loc4_frag);
-	  return 1;
-	}
-      break;
+      frag_var (rs_cfa, 4, 0, 0, make_expr_symbol (exp),
+		loc4_fix, (char *) loc4_frag);
 
-    case state_error:
-      /* Just skipping everything.  */
-      break;
+      return 1;
     }
+  else
+    saw_advance_loc4 = 0;
 
   return 0;
 }
 
 /* The function estimates the size of a rs_cfa variant frag based on
    the current values of the symbols.  It is called before the
-   relaxation loop.  We set fr_subtype{0:2} to the expected length.  */
+   relaxation loop.  We set fr_subtype to the expected length.  */
 
 int
-eh_frame_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *frag)
+eh_frame_estimate_size_before_relax (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
 {
+  int ca;
   offsetT diff;
-  int ca = frag->fr_subtype >> 3;
   int ret;
 
+  ca = eh_frame_code_alignment ();
   diff = resolve_symbol_value (frag->fr_symbol);
 
-  if (ca > 0 && diff % ca == 0 && diff / ca < 0x40)
+  if (ca < 0)
+    ret = 4;
+  else if (diff % ca == 0 && diff / ca < 0x40)
     ret = 0;
   else if (diff < 0x100)
     ret = 1;
@@ -471,31 +403,33 @@ eh_frame_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *frag)
   else
     ret = 4;
 
-  frag->fr_subtype = (frag->fr_subtype & ~7) | ret;
+  frag->fr_subtype = ret;
 
   return ret;
 }
 
 /* This function relaxes a rs_cfa variant frag based on the current
-   values of the symbols.  fr_subtype{0:2} is the current length of
-   the frag.  This returns the change in frag length.  */
+   values of the symbols.  fr_subtype is the current length of the
+   frag.  This returns the change in frag length.  */
 
 int
-eh_frame_relax_frag (fragS *frag)
+eh_frame_relax_frag (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
 {
   int oldsize, newsize;
 
-  oldsize = frag->fr_subtype & 7;
+  oldsize = frag->fr_subtype;
   newsize = eh_frame_estimate_size_before_relax (frag);
   return newsize - oldsize;
 }
 
 /* This function converts a rs_cfa variant frag into a normal fill
    frag.  This is called after all relaxation has been done.
-   fr_subtype{0:2} will be the desired length of the frag.  */
+   fr_subtype will be the desired length of the frag.  */
 
 void
-eh_frame_convert_frag (fragS *frag)
+eh_frame_convert_frag (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
 {
   offsetT diff;
   fragS *loc4_frag;
@@ -506,35 +440,30 @@ eh_frame_convert_frag (fragS *frag)
 
   diff = resolve_symbol_value (frag->fr_symbol);
 
-  switch (frag->fr_subtype & 7)
+  if (frag->fr_subtype == 0)
     {
-    case 0:
-      {
-	int ca = frag->fr_subtype >> 3;
+      int ca;
+
+      ca = eh_frame_code_alignment ();
 	assert (ca > 0 && diff % ca == 0 && diff / ca < 0x40);
 	loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc | (diff / ca);
       }
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
+  else if (frag->fr_subtype == 1)
+    {
       assert (diff < 0x100);
       loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
       frag->fr_literal[frag->fr_fix] = diff;
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
+    }
+  else if (frag->fr_subtype == 2)
+    {
       assert (diff < 0x10000);
       loc4_frag->fr_literal[loc4_fix] = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
       md_number_to_chars (frag->fr_literal + frag->fr_fix, diff, 2);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      md_number_to_chars (frag->fr_literal + frag->fr_fix, diff, 4);
-      break;
     }
+  else
+    md_number_to_chars (frag->fr_literal + frag->fr_fix, diff, 4);
 
-  frag->fr_fix += frag->fr_subtype & 7;
+  frag->fr_fix += frag->fr_subtype;
   frag->fr_type = rs_fill;
-  frag->fr_subtype = 0;
   frag->fr_offset = 0;
 }

gcc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+*-all
+*-co
+*-dirs
+*-done
+*-info
+*-install-info
+*-src
+*-stamp-*
+*-tagged
+blockit
+cfg-paper.info
+config.status
+configure.aux
+configure.cp
+configure.cps
+configure.dvi
+configure.fn
+configure.fns
+configure.ky
+configure.kys
+configure.log
+configure.pg
+configure.pgs
+configure.toc
+configure.tp
+configure.tps
+configure.vr
+configure.vrs
+dir.info
+Makefile

gcc/COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                       59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

gcc/COPYING.LIB

@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+  
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston,
+    MA 02111-1307, USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!

gcc/INSTALL/README

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+The installation instructions are no longer in this directory.  Instead
+they can be found in the "install" directory at the toplevel of the GCC
+distribution (ie gcc-2.95/install).  For HTML browsing start with
+install/index.html, for plaintext, start with install/INDEX.
+
+Moving the installation instructions in this manner makes it significantly
+easier to share code between the distribution and the web pages.
+
+This directory (INSTALL) will be completely removed in the next major
+GCC release.

gcc/MAINTAINERS

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+			Blanket Write Privs.
+
+Craig Burley					craig@jcb-sc.com
+John Carr					jfc@mit.edu
+Richard Henderson                               rth@cygnus.com
+Jeff Law					law@cygnus.com
+Michael Meissner				meissner@cygnus.com
+David S. Miller					davem@redhat.com
+Jim Wilson					wilson@cygnus.com
+
+
+
+			Various Maintainers
+
+sh port			Joern Renecke		amylaar@cygnus.com
+v850 port		Nick Clifton		nickc@cygnus.com
+v850 port		Michael Meissner	meissner@cygnus.com
+arm port		Nick Clifton		nickc@cygnus.com
+arm port		Richard Earnshaw	rearnsha@arm.com
+m32r port		Nick Clifton		nickc@cygnus.com
+			Michael Meissner	meissner@cygnus.com
+h8 port			Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+mn10200 port		Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+mn10300 port		Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+hppa port		Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+m68k port (?)		Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+rs6000 port		Michael Meissner	meissner@cygnus.com
+rs6000 port		David Edelsohn		dje@watson.ibm.com
+mips port		Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+i960 port		Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+a29k port		Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+alpha port		Richard Henderson	rth@cygnus.com
+sparc port		Richard Henderson	rth@cygnus.com
+sparc port		David S. Miller		davem@redhat.com
+x86 ports		Stan Cox		scox@cygnus.com
+c4x port		Michael Hayes		m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz
+fortran			Craig Burley		craig@jcb-sc.com
+fortran			Richard Henderson	rth@cygnus.com	
+c++			Jason Merrill		jason@cygnus.com
+c++                     Mark Mitchell           mark@codesourcery.com
+chill			Dave Brolley		brolley@cygnus.com
+chill			Per Bothner		bothner@cygnus.com
+java			Per Bothner		bothner@cygnus.com
+objective-c		Ovidiu Predescu		ovidiu@cup.hp.com
+cpplib			Dave Brolley		brolley@cygnus.com
+cpplib			Per Bothner		bothner@cygnus.com
+fixincludes		Ian Taylor		ian@cygnus.com
+alias analysis		John Carr		jfc@mit.edu
+loop unrolling		Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+scheduler (+ haifa)	Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+scheduler (+ haifa)	Michael Meissner	meissner@cygnus.com
+scheduler (+ haifa)	Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+reorg			Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+caller-save.c		Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+debugging code		Jim Wilson		wilson@cygnus.com
+dwarf debugging code	Jason Merrill		jason@cygnus.com
+c++ runtime libs	Ulrich Drepper		drepper@cygnus.com
+C++ runtime libs	Gabriel Dos Reis	dosreis@cmla.ens-cachan.fr
+*synthetic multiply	Torbjorn Granlund	tege@swox.com
+*c-torture		Torbjorn Granlund	tege@swox.com
+*f-torture		Kate Hedstrom		kate@ahab.rutgers.edu
+sco5, unixware, sco udk	Robert Lipe		robertlipe@usa.net
+new fixincludes		Bruce Korb		korbb@datadesign.com
+gcse.c 			Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+global opt framework	Jeff Law		law@cygnus.com
+jump.c			David S. Miller		davem@redhat.com
+web pages		Gerald Pfeifer		pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at
+C front end/isoc9x	Gavin Koch		gavin@cygnus.com
+config.sub/config.guess	Ben Elliston		bje@cygnus.com
+
+Note individuals who maintain parts of the compiler need approval to check
+in changes outside of the parts of the compiler they maintain.
+
+
+			Write After Approval
+Ken Raeburn					raeburn@cygnus.com
+Brendan Kehoe					brendan@cygnus.com
+Benjamin Kosnik					bkoz@cygnus.com
+Andrew Macleod					amacleod@cygnus.com
+Dave Love					d.love@dl.ac.uk
+*Toon Moene					toon@moene.indiv.nluug.nl
+*HJ Lu						hjl@lucon.org
+Mark Mitchell					mark@codesourcery.com
+Kaveh Ghazi					ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
+Andreas Schwab					schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Manfred Hollstein				manfred.h@gmx.net
+*Paul Eggert					eggert@twinsun.com
+Klaus Kaempf					kkaempf@progis.de
+Marc Lehmann					pcg@goof.com
+Alexandre Oliva					oliva@dcc.unicamp.br
+Catherine Moore					clm@cygnus.com
+Vladimir Markarov				vmakarov@cygnus.com
+Martin v. Löwis					loewis@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+Bernd Schmidt					crux@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
+Zack Weinberg					zack@rabi.columbia.edu
+John Wehle					john@feith.com
+Nathan Sidwell					nathan@acm.org
+Tom Tromey					tromey@cygnus.com
+Andrew Haley					aph@cygnus.com
+Alexandre Petit-Bianco				apbianco@cygnus.com
+Anthony Green					green@cygnus.com
+Stu Grossman					grossman@cygnus.com
+Gabriel Dos Reis				dosreis@cmla.ens-cachan.fr
+
+
+* Indicates folks we need to get Kerberos/ssh accounts ready so they
+can write in the source tree

gcc/README

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+		   README for GNU development tools
+
+This directory contains various GNU compilers, assemblers, linkers, 
+debuggers, etc., plus their support routines, definitions, and documentation.
+
+
+Check the INSTALL directory for detailed configuration and installation
+instructions.
+
+
+Much of the code and documentation enclosed is copyright by
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc.  See the file COPYING or
+COPYING.LIB in the various directories, for a description of the
+GNU General Public License terms under which you can copy the files.
+
+REPORTING BUGS: Again, see gdb/README, binutils/README, etc., for info
+on where and how to report problems.

gcc/config-ml.in

@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+# Configure fragment invoked in the post-target section for subdirs
+# wanting multilib support.
+#
+# It is advisable to support a few --enable/--disable options to let the
+# user select which libraries s/he really wants.
+#
+# Subdirectories wishing to use multilib should put the following lines
+# in the "post-target" section of configure.in.
+#
+# if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ] ; then
+#   if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+#     . ${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in
+#   else
+#     . ${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in
+#   fi
+# else
+#   . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in
+# fi
+#
+# See librx/configure.in in the libg++ distribution for an example of how
+# to handle autoconf'd libraries.
+#
+# Things are complicated because 6 separate cases must be handled:
+# 2 (native, cross) x 3 (absolute-path, relative-not-dot, dot) = 6.
+#
+# srcdir=. is special.  It must handle make programs that don't handle VPATH.
+# To implement this, a symlink tree is built for each library and for each
+# multilib subdir.
+#
+# The build tree is layed out as
+#
+# ./
+#   libg++
+#   newlib
+#   m68020/
+#          libg++
+#          newlib
+#          m68881/
+#                 libg++
+#                 newlib
+#
+# The nice feature about this arrangement is that inter-library references
+# in the build tree work without having to care where you are.  Note that
+# inter-library references also work in the source tree because symlink trees
+# are built when srcdir=.
+#
+# Unfortunately, trying to access the libraries in the build tree requires
+# the user to manually choose which library to use as GCC won't be able to
+# find the right one.  This is viewed as the lesser of two evils.
+#
+# Configure variables:
+# ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, or ${target_alias} for cross.
+# Set by top level Makefile.
+# ${with_multisrctop} = how many levels of multilibs there are in the source
+# tree.  It exists to handle the case of configuring in the source tree:
+# ${srcdir} is not constant.
+# ${with_multisubdir} = name of multilib subdirectory (eg: m68020/m68881).
+#
+# Makefile variables:
+# MULTISRCTOP = number of multilib levels in source tree (+1 if cross)
+# (FIXME: note that this is different than ${with_multisrctop}.  Check out.).
+# MULTIBUILDTOP = number of multilib levels in build tree
+# MULTIDIRS = list of multilib subdirs (eg: m68000 m68020 ...)
+# (only defined in each library's main Makefile).
+# MULTISUBDIR = installed subdirectory name with leading '/' (eg: /m68000)
+# (only defined in each multilib subdir).
+
+# FIXME: Multilib is currently disabled by default for everything other than
+# newlib.  It is up to each target to turn on multilib support for the other
+# libraries as desired.
+
+# We have to handle being invoked by both Cygnus configure and Autoconf.
+#
+# Cygnus configure incoming variables:
+# srcdir, subdir, target, arguments
+#
+# Autoconf incoming variables:
+# srcdir, target, ac_configure_args
+#
+# We *could* figure srcdir and target out, but we'd have to do work that
+# our caller has already done to figure them out and requiring these two
+# seems reasonable.
+
+if [ -n "${ac_configure_args}" ]; then
+  Makefile=${ac_file-Makefile}
+  ml_config_shell=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+  ml_arguments="${ac_configure_args}"
+  ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
+else
+  Makefile=${Makefile-Makefile}
+  ml_config_shell=${config_shell-/bin/sh}
+  ml_arguments="${arguments}"
+  if [ -n "${subdir}" -a "${subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+    ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}/${subdir}
+  else
+    ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Scan all the arguments and set all the ones we need.
+
+ml_verbose=--verbose
+for option in ${ml_arguments}
+do
+  case $option in
+  --*) ;;
+  -*) option=-$option ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $option in
+  --*=*)
+	optarg=`echo $option | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'`
+	;;
+  esac
+
+  case $option in
+  --disable-*)
+	enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--disable-:enable_:;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $enableopt=no
+	;;
+  --enable-*)
+	case "$option" in
+	*=*)	;;
+	*)	optarg=yes ;;
+	esac
+	enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $enableopt="$optarg"
+	;;
+  --norecursion | --no*)
+	ml_norecursion=yes
+	;;
+  --silent | --sil* | --quiet | --q*)
+	ml_verbose=--silent
+	;;
+  --verbose | --v | --verb*)
+	ml_verbose=--verbose
+	;;
+  --with-*)
+	case "$option" in
+	*=*)	;;
+	*)	optarg=yes ;;
+	esac
+	withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $withopt="$optarg"
+	;;
+  --without-*)
+	withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:out::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $withopt=no
+	;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# Only do this if --enable-multilib.
+if [ "${enable_multilib}" = yes ]; then
+
+# Compute whether this is the library's top level directory
+# (ie: not a multilib subdirectory, and not a subdirectory like libg++/src).
+# ${with_multisubdir} tells us we're in the right branch, but we could be
+# in a subdir of that.
+# ??? The previous version could void this test by separating the process into
+# two files: one that only the library's toplevel configure.in ran (to
+# configure the multilib subdirs), and another that all configure.in's ran to
+# update the Makefile.  It seemed reasonable to collapse all multilib support
+# into one file, but it does leave us with having to perform this test.
+ml_toplevel_p=no
+if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
+  if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
+    # Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
+    # ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, otherwise target alias.
+    if [ "${with_target_subdir}" = "." ]; then
+      if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
+	ml_toplevel_p=yes
+      fi
+    else
+      if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../../config-ml.in ]; then
+	ml_toplevel_p=yes
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
+    if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
+      ml_toplevel_p=yes
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# If this is the library's top level directory, set multidirs to the
+# multilib subdirs to support.  This lives at the top because we need
+# `multidirs' set right away.
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+
+multidirs=
+for i in `${CC-gcc} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do
+  dir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/;.*$//'`
+  if [ "${dir}" = "." ]; then
+    true
+  else
+    if [ -z "${multidirs}" ]; then
+      multidirs="${dir}"
+    else
+      multidirs="${multidirs} ${dir}"
+    fi
+  fi
+done
+
+case "${target}" in
+arc-*-elf*)
+	if [ x$enable_biendian != xyes ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs=${multidirs}
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "${x}" in
+	      *be*) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+m68*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68881 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68881* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68000 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68000* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68020 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68020* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+mips*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_single_float = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *single* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *el* ) : ;;
+	      *eb* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	case " $multidirs " in
+	*" mabi=64 "*)
+	  # We will not be able to create libraries with -mabi=64 if
+	  # we cannot even link a trivial program.  It usually
+	  # indicates the 64bit libraries are missing.
+	  if echo 'main() {}' > conftest.c &&
+	     ${CC-gcc} -mabi=64 conftest.c -o conftest; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    echo Could not link program with -mabi=64, disabling it.
+	    old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	    multidirs=""
+	    for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	      case "$x" in
+	      *mabi=64* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  rm -f conftest.c conftest
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+powerpc*-*-* | rs6000*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_powercpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      power | */power | */power/* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_powerpccpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *powerpc* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_powerpcos = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *mcall-linux* | *mcall-solaris* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *mlittle* | *mbig* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_sysv = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *mcall-sysv* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_aix = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *mcall-aix* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Remove extraneous blanks from multidirs.
+# Tests like `if [ -n "$multidirs" ]' require it.
+multidirs=`echo "$multidirs" | sed -e 's/^[ ][ ]*//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*$//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*/ /g'`
+
+# Add code to library's top level makefile to handle building the multilib
+# subdirs.
+
+cat > Multi.tem <<\EOF
+
+# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
+# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
+multi-do:
+	if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	else \
+	  rootpre=`pwd`/; export rootpre; \
+	  srcrootpre=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`/; export srcrootpre; \
+	  lib=`echo $${rootpre} | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/$$,\1,'`; \
+	  compiler="$(CC)"; \
+	  for i in `$${compiler} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do \
+	    dir=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/;.*$$//'`; \
+	    if [ "$${dir}" = "." ]; then \
+	      true; \
+	    else \
+	      if [ -d ../$${dir}/$${lib} ]; then \
+		flags=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^[^;]*;//' -e 's/@/ -/g'`; \
+		if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \
+				CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				LIBCFLAGS="$(LIBCFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				LIBCXXFLAGS="$(LIBCXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				$(DO)); then \
+		  true; \
+		else \
+		  exit 1; \
+		fi; \
+	      else true; \
+	      fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
+# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
+multi-clean:
+	if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	else \
+	  lib=`pwd | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)$$,\1,'`; \
+	  for dir in Makefile $(MULTIDIRS); do \
+	    if [ -f ../$${dir}/$${lib}/Makefile ]; then \
+	      if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(DO)); \
+	      then true; \
+	      else exit 1; \
+	      fi; \
+	    else true; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+EOF
+
+cat ${Makefile} Multi.tem > Makefile.tem
+rm -f ${Makefile} Multi.tem
+mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
+
+if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+  echo "Adding multilib support to Makefile in ${ml_realsrcdir}"
+  if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+    echo "multidirs=${multidirs}"
+  fi
+  echo "with_multisubdir=${with_multisubdir}"
+fi
+
+if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
+  if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
+    ml_srcdotdot="../"
+  else
+    ml_srcdotdot=""
+  fi
+else
+  ml_srcdotdot=""
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
+  ml_subdir=
+  ml_builddotdot=
+  : # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
+else
+  ml_subdir="/${with_multisubdir}"
+  # The '[^/][^/]*' appears that way to work around a SunOS sed bug.
+  ml_builddotdot=`echo ${with_multisubdir} | sed -e 's:[^/][^/]*:..:g'`/
+  if [ "$srcdir" = "." ]; then
+    ml_srcdotdot=${ml_srcdotdot}${ml_builddotdot}
+  else
+    : # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
+  fi
+fi
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+  ml_do='$(MAKE)'
+  ml_clean='$(MAKE)'
+else
+  ml_do=true
+  ml_clean=true
+fi
+
+# TOP is used by newlib and should not be used elsewhere for this purpose.
+# MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP are the proper ones to use.  MULTISRCTOP is empty
+# when srcdir != builddir.  MULTIBUILDTOP is always some number of ../'s.
+# FIXME: newlib needs to be updated to use MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP so we can
+# delete TOP.  Newlib may wish to continue to use TOP for its own purposes
+# of course.
+# MULTIDIRS is non-empty for the cpu top level Makefile (eg: newlib/Makefile)
+# and lists the subdirectories to recurse into.
+# MULTISUBDIR is non-empty in each cpu subdirectory's Makefile
+# (eg: newlib/h8300h/Makefile) and is the installed subdirectory name with
+# a leading '/'.
+# MULTIDO is used for targets like all, install, and check where
+# $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) augmented with the subdir's compiler option is needed.
+# MULTICLEAN is used for the *clean targets.
+#
+# ??? It is possible to merge MULTIDO and MULTICLEAN into one.  They are
+# currently kept separate because we don't want the *clean targets to require
+# the existence of the compiler (which MULTIDO currently requires) and
+# therefore we'd have to record the directory options as well as names
+# (currently we just record the names and use --print-multi-lib to get the
+# options).
+
+sed -e "s:^TOP[ 	]*=[ 	]*\([./]*\)[ 	]*$:TOP = ${ml_builddotdot}\1:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTISRCTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISRCTOP = ${ml_srcdotdot}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIBUILDTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIBUILDTOP = ${ml_builddotdot}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIDIRS[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIDIRS = ${multidirs}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTISUBDIR[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISUBDIR = ${ml_subdir}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIDO[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIDO = $ml_do:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTICLEAN[ 	]*=.*$:MULTICLEAN = $ml_clean:" \
+	${Makefile} > Makefile.tem
+rm -f ${Makefile}
+mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+# If this is the library's top level, configure each multilib subdir.
+# This is done at the end because this is the loop that runs configure
+# in each multilib subdir and it seemed reasonable to finish updating the
+# Makefile before going on to configure the subdirs.
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+
+# We must freshly configure each subdirectory.  This bit of code is
+# actually partially stolen from the main configure script.  FIXME.
+
+if [ -n "${multidirs}" ] && [ -z "${ml_norecursion}" ]; then
+
+  if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+    echo "Running configure in multilib subdirs ${multidirs}"
+    echo "pwd: `pwd`"
+  fi
+
+  ml_origdir=`pwd`
+  ml_libdir=`echo $ml_origdir | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+  # cd to top-level-build-dir/${with_target_subdir}
+  cd ..
+
+  for ml_dir in ${multidirs}; do
+
+    if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+      echo "Running configure in multilib subdir ${ml_dir}"
+      echo "pwd: `pwd`"
+    fi
+
+    if [ -d ${ml_dir} ]; then true; else mkdir ${ml_dir}; fi
+    if [ -d ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir} ]; then true; else mkdir ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; fi
+
+    # Eg: if ${ml_dir} = m68000/m68881, dotdot = ../../
+    dotdot=../`echo ${ml_dir} | sed -e 's|[^/]||g' -e 's|/|../|g'`
+
+    case ${srcdir} in
+    ".")
+      echo Building symlink tree in `pwd`/${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
+      if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
+	ml_unsubdir="../"
+      else
+	ml_unsubdir=""
+      fi
+      (cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir};
+       ../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}symlink-tree ../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}${ml_libdir} "")
+      if [ -f ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}/Makefile ]; then
+	if [ x"${MAKE}" = x ]; then
+	  (cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; make distclean)
+	else
+	  (cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; ${MAKE} distclean)
+	fi
+      fi
+      ml_newsrcdir="."
+      ml_srcdiroption=
+      multisrctop=${dotdot}
+      ;;
+    *)
+      case "${srcdir}" in
+      /*) # absolute path
+        ml_newsrcdir=${srcdir}
+        ;;
+      *) # otherwise relative
+        ml_newsrcdir=${dotdot}${srcdir}
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ml_srcdiroption="-srcdir=${ml_newsrcdir}"
+      multisrctop=
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case "${progname}" in
+    /*)     ml_recprog=${progname} ;;
+    *)      ml_recprog=${dotdot}${progname} ;;
+    esac
+
+    # FIXME: POPDIR=${PWD=`pwd`} doesn't work here.
+    ML_POPDIR=`pwd`
+    cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
+
+    if [ -f ${ml_newsrcdir}/configure ]; then
+      ml_recprog=${ml_newsrcdir}/configure
+    fi
+    if eval ${ml_config_shell} ${ml_recprog} \
+	--with-multisubdir=${ml_dir} --with-multisrctop=${multisrctop} \
+	${ml_arguments} ${ml_srcdiroption} ; then
+      true
+    else
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    cd ${ML_POPDIR}
+
+  done
+
+  cd ${ml_origdir}
+fi
+
+fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
+fi # ${enable_multilib} = yes

gcc/config.if

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#! /dev/null
+# Don't call it directly. This shell script fragment is called to
+# determine:
+#
+#	1. libstcxx_interface: the interface name for libstdc++.
+#	2. cxx_interface: the interface name for c++.
+#	3. libc_interface: the interface name for libc.
+#
+
+# Get the top level src dir.
+if [ -z "${topsrcdir}" -a -z "${top_srcdir}" ]
+then
+  echo "Undefined top level src dir: topsrcdir and top_srcdir are empty" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -n "${topsrcdir}" ]
+then
+  if_topsrcdir=${topsrcdir}
+else
+  if_topsrcdir=${top_srcdir}
+fi
+
+if [ -f ${if_topsrcdir}/libstdc++/Makefile.in ]; then
+# We check libstdc++ for libstdcxx_interface.
+libstdcxx_interface=`grep "^INTERFACE" ${if_topsrcdir}/libstdc++/Makefile.in | sed 's/INTERFACE[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)/\1/'`
+else
+libstdcxx_interface=
+fi
+
+if [ -f ${if_topsrcdir}/gcc/cp/Makefile.in ]; then
+# We check gcc/cp for cxx_interface.
+cxx_interface=`grep "^INTERFACE" ${if_topsrcdir}/gcc/cp/Makefile.in | sed 's/INTERFACE[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)/\1/'`
+else
+cxx_interface=
+fi
+
+# The trickiest part is libc_interface.
+if [ -z "${libc_interface}" ]
+then
+  case ${target_os} in
+  *linux*libc1*|*linux*libc5*)
+    case ${target_alias} in
+    *alpha*|*powerpc*)
+      libc_interface=-libc5.9-
+      ;;
+    *)
+      libc_interface=-libc5-
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  *linux*gnu*)
+    # We have to work harder to figure it out.
+    if [ ${target_alias} = ${build_alias} ]
+    then
+      dummy=if$$
+      cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#include <features.h>                      
+main(argc, argv)
+     int argc;          
+     char *argv[];
+{
+  printf("%d\n", __GLIBC_MINOR__);
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+      ${CC-cc} $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
+      if [ "$?" = 0 ]
+      then
+	libc_interface=-libc6.`./$dummy`-
+	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+      else
+	# It should never happen.
+	echo "Cannot find the GNU C library minor version number." >&2
+	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    else
+      # Cross compiling. Assume glibc 2.1.
+      libc_interface=-libc6.1-
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    libc_interface=-
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi

gcc/config/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+Fri Mar 16 12:46:19 GMT 2001 Bernd Schmidt  (bernds@redhat.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.3 Released.
+
+Sun Oct 24 23:54:10 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.2 Released.
+
+Mon Aug 16 01:29:24 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.1 Released.
+
+Wed Jul 28 21:39:31 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Sun Jul 25 23:40:51 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Tue Feb  2 22:51:21 1999 Philip Blundell  <philb@gnu.org>
+
+	* mh-armpic: New file.  Patch from Jim Pick <jim@jimpick.com>.
+	* mt-armpic: Likewise.
+
+Mon Jan 18 19:41:08 1999  Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cygwin.mh: Activate commented out dependencies for
+	gdb: libtermcap.
+
+Wed Nov 18 20:29:46 1998  Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cygwin.mh: Add extra libtermcap target information.
+	Add commented out dependency for gdb to libtermcap for
+	future readline requirement.
+
+Mon Nov  2 15:15:33 1998  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+        * mh-cygwin32: delete
+        * mh-cygwin: was mh-cygwin32
+
+Mon Aug 31 17:50:53 1998  David Edelsohn  <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
+
+	* mh-aix43 (NM_FOR_TARGET): Add -X32_64 as well.
+
+Sat Aug 29 14:32:55 1998  David Edelsohn  <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
+
+	* mh-aix43: New file.
+
+Mon Aug 10 00:15:47 1998  HJ Lu (hjl@gnu.org)
+
+	* mt-linux (CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+Wed Apr 22 12:24:28 1998  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-ospace: New file, support using -Os instead of -O2 to compile
+	the libraries.
+
+Wed Apr 22 10:53:14 1998  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* mt-linux (CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET): Set this instead of CXXFLAGS.
+
+Sat Apr 11 22:43:17 1998  J. Kean Johnston  <jkj@sco.com>
+
+	* mh-svsv5: New file - support for SCO UnixWare 7 / SVR5.
+
+Thu Mar 26 01:54:25 1998  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: stop configuring and building dosrel.
+
+Thu Sep 11 16:43:27 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-elfalphapic, mt-elfalphapic: New files.
+
+Wed Jul 23 12:32:18 1997  Robert Hoehne <robert.hoehne@Mathematik.TU-Chemnitz.DE>
+
+	* mh-go32 (CFLAGS): Don't set -fno-omit-frame-pointer.
+
+Mon Jun 16 19:06:41 1997  Geoff Keating  <geoffk@ozemail.com.au>
+
+	* mh-ppcpic: New file.
+	* mt-ppcpic: New file.
+
+Thu Mar 27 15:52:40 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: override CXXFLAGS, setting to -O2 only
+	(no debug)
+
+Tue Mar 25 18:16:43 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so debug info
+	isn't included in cygwin32-hosted libgcc2.a by default
+
+Wed Jan  8 19:56:43 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+        * mh-cygwin32: override CFLAGS so debug info isn't included
+        in cygwin32-hosted tools by default
+
+Tue Dec 31 16:04:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-linux: Remove.
+
+Mon Nov 11 10:29:51 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-ppc: Delete file, options moved to newlib configure.
+
+Fri Oct  4 12:21:03 1996  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-dgux386: New file.  x86 dgux specific flags
+
+Mon Sep 30 15:10:07 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS_PPC_XCOFF): New, was EXTRALIBS_PPC.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Use shared libraries instead of xcoff.
+
+Sat Aug 17 04:56:25 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@skaro.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: don't -D_WIN32 here anymore
+
+Thu Aug 15 19:46:44 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (SEGFLAG_68K, SEGFLAG_PPC): Remove.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Add libgcc.xcoff.
+
+Thu Aug  8 14:51:47 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-ppc: New file, add -mrelocatable-lib and -mno-eabi to all
+	target builds for PowerPC eabi targets.
+
+Fri Jul 12 12:06:01 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw: New subdir, Mac MPW configuration support bits.
+
+Mon Jul  8 17:30:52 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix6: New file.
+
+Mon Jul  8 15:15:37 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-sparcpic (PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET): Use -fPIC.
+
+Fri Jul  5 11:49:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix4 (RANLIB): Don't define; Irix 4 does have ranlib.
+
+Sun Jun 23 22:59:25 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: new file.  Like mh-go32 without the CFLAGS entry.
+
+Tue Mar 26 14:10:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-go32 (CFLAGS): Define.
+
+Thu Mar 14 19:20:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-necv4: New file.
+
+Thu Feb 15 13:07:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cxux (CC): New variable.
+	(CFLAGS, LDFLAGS): Remove.
+	* mh-ncrsvr43 (CC): New variable.
+	(CFLAGS): Remove.
+	* mh-solaris (CFLAGS): Remove.
+
+	* mh-go32: Remove most variable settings, since they presumed a
+	Canadian Cross, which is now handled correctly by the configure
+	script.
+
+	* mh-sparcpic (PICFLAG): Set to -fPIC, not -fpic.
+
+Mon Feb 12 14:53:39 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* mh-m68kpic, mt-m68kpic: New files.
+
+Thu Feb  1 14:15:42 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K): Add options similar to those used
+	in CC_MWCPPC, and -mc68020 -model far.
+	(AR_MWLINK68K): Add -xm library.
+	(AR_AR): Define.
+	(CC_LD_MWLINK68K): Remove -d.
+	(EXTRALIBS_MWC68K): Define.
+
+Thu Jan 25 16:05:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-ncrsvr43 (CFLAGS): Remove -Hnocopyr.
+
+Tue Nov  7 15:41:30 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K, CC_MWCPPC): Remove unused include path.
+	(CC_MWCPPC): Add -mpw_chars, disable warnings, add comments
+	explaining reasons for various flags.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC, EXTRALIBS_MWCPPC ): Put runtime library first.
+	
+Fri Oct 13 14:44:25 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix, mh-sun:  Removed.
+
+	* mh-decstation (X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS): Define.
+
+	* mh-sco, mh-solaris, mh-sysv4 (X11_EXTRA_LIBS): Define.
+
+        * mh-hp300, mh-hpux, mh-hpux8, mh-solaris, mh-sun3, mh-sysv4: Don't 
+	hardcode location of X stuff here.
+
+Thu Sep 28 13:14:56 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw: Add definitions for various 68K and PowerMac
+	compilers, add definitions for library and link steps for
+	PowerMacs.
+
+Thu Sep 14 08:20:04 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hp300 (CC): Add "CC = cc -Wp,-H256000" to avoid
+	"too much defining" errors from the HPUX compiler.
+
+Thu Aug 17 17:28:56 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hp300 (RANLIB): Use "ar ts", in case GNU ar was used and
+	didn't build a symbol table.
+
+Thu Jun 22 17:47:24 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ANSI_PROTOTYPES.
+
+Mon Apr 10 12:29:48 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS): Always link in Math.o, CSANELIB.o,
+        and ToolLibs.o.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ALMOST_STDC.
+	(CFLAGS): Remove ALMOST_STDC, -mc68881.
+	(LDFLAGS): add -w.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CFLAGS): Add -b option to put strings at the ends of
+	functions.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw: New file, host makefile definitions for MPW.
+
+Fri Mar 31 11:35:17 1995  Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-netware: New file.
+
+Mon Mar 13 12:31:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hpux8: New file.
+	* mh-hpux: Use X11R5 rather than X11R4.
+
+Thu Feb  9 11:04:13 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-linux (SYSV): Don't define.
+	(RANLIB): Don't define.
+
+Wed Jan 11 16:29:34 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m?-*pic (LIBCXXFLAGS): Add -fno-implicit-templates.
+
+Thu Nov  3 17:27:19 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix4 (CC): Increase maximum string length.
+
+	* mh-sco (CC): Define away const, it doesn't work right; elements
+	of arrays of ptr-to-const are considered const themselves.
+
+Sat Jul 16 12:17:49 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-cxux: New file, from Bob Rusk (rrusk@mail.csd.harris.com).
+
+Sat Jun  4 17:22:12 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-ncrsvr43:  New file from Tom McConnell
+	<tmcconne@sedona.intel.com>.
+
+Thu May 19 00:32:11 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* mh-hpux (CC): Add -Wp,-H256000 to avoid "too much defining"
+	errors from the HPUX 8 compilers.
+
+Wed May  4 20:14:47 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-lynxrs6k: set SHELL to /bin/bash
+
+Tue Apr 12 12:38:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-irix4 (CC): Change -XNh1500 to -XNh2000.
+
+Sat Dec 25 20:03:45 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* mt-hppa: Delete.
+
+Tue Nov 16 22:54:39 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-a68bsd: Define CC to gcc.
+
+Mon Nov 15 16:56:51 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-linux: Don't put -static in LDFLAGS.  Add comments.
+
+Mon Nov 15 13:37:58 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-sysv4 (AR_FLAGS): change from cq to cr
+
+Fri Nov  5 08:12:32 1993  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@blues.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-unixware: remove.  It's the same as sysv4, and config.guess
+	can't tell the difference.  So don't allow skew.
+
+Wed Oct 20 20:35:14 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-hp300: Revert yesterday's change, but add comment explaining.
+
+Tue Oct 19 18:58:21 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-hp300: Don't define CFLAGS to empty.  Why should hp300 be
+	different from anything else?  ("gdb doesn't understand the native
+	debug format" isn't a good enough answer because we might be using
+	gcc).
+
+Tue Oct  5 12:17:40 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* mh-alphaosf: Remove, no longer necessary now that gdb knows
+	how to handle OSF/1 shared libraries.
+
+Tue Jul  6 11:27:33 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-alphaosf: New file.
+
+Thu Jul  1 15:49:33 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-riscos: New file.
+
+Mon Jun 14 12:03:18 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix, mh-aix386, mh-decstation, mh-delta88, mh-hpux, mh-irix4,
+	mh-ncr3000, mh-solaris, mh-sysv, mh-sysv4: remove INSTALL=cp line,
+	now that we're using install.sh globally
+
+Fri Jun  4 16:09:34 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-sysv4 (INSTALL): Use cp, not /usr/ucb/install.
+
+Thu Apr  8 11:21:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-a29k, mt-ebmon29k, mt-os68k, mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k,
+	mt-vxworks68, mt-vxworks960: Removed obsolete, unused target
+	Makefile fragment files.
+
+Mon Mar  8 15:05:25 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix386: New file; old mh-aix, plus no-op RANLIB.
+
+Thu Oct  1 13:50:48 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-solaris: INSTALL is NOT /usr/ucb/install
+
+Mon Aug 24 14:25:35 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k: renamed from mt-OSE*.
+
+Tue Jul 21 02:11:01 1992  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-OSE68k, mt-680000: new configs.
+
+Thu Jul 16 17:12:09 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-irix4: merged changes from progressive.
+
+Tue Jun  9 23:29:38 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Everywhere: Change RANLIB=echo>/dev/null (which confuses
+	some shells - and I don't blame them) to RANLIB=true.
+	* mh-solaris:  Use /usr/ucb/install for INSTALL.
+
+Sun May 31 14:45:23 1992  Mark Eichin  (eichin at cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-solaris2: Add new configuration for Solaris 2 (sysv, no ranlib)
+
+Fri Apr 10 23:10:08 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-ncr3000:  Add new configuration for NCR 3000.
+
+Tue Dec 10 00:10:55 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ChangeLog: fresh changelog.
+

gcc/config/mh-a68bsd

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+RANLIB=true
+
+#None of the Apollo compilers can compile gas or binutils.  The preprocessor
+# chokes on bfd, the compiler won't let you assign integers to enums, and
+# other problems.  Defining CC to gcc is a questionable way to say "don't use
+# the apollo compiler" (the preferred version of GCC could be called cc,
+# or whatever), but I'm not sure leaving CC as cc is any better...
+
+#CC=cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__ -DNO_STDARG
+CC=gcc
+
+BISON=yacc

gcc/config/mh-aix386

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+RANLIB = @:

gcc/config/mh-aix43

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# AIX 4.3 and above requires -X32_64 flag to all ar and nm commands
+# to handle both 32-bit and 64-bit objects.
+AR_FOR_TARGET=ar -X32_64
+NM_FOR_TARGET=nm -X32_64

gcc/config/mh-apollo68

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HDEFINES = -DUSG
+RANLIB=true
+CC= cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__ -DUSG

gcc/config/mh-armpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fPIC

gcc/config/mh-cxux

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Configuration for Harris CX/UX 7 (and maybe 6), based on sysv4 configuration.
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# C++ debugging is not yet supported under SVR4 (DWARF)
+CXXFLAGS=-O
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cq
+
+# Under CX/UX, we want to tell the compiler to use ANSI mode.
+CC=cc -Xa

gcc/config/mh-cygwin

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_ALL_MODULES=all-libtermcap
+EXTRA_TARGET_HOST_INSTALL_MODULES=install-libtermcap
+
+all-gdb: all-libtermcap
+
+install-gdb: all-libtermcap

gcc/config/mh-decstation

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+CC = cc -Wf,-XNg1000
+
+# for X11, since the native DECwindows include files are really broken when
+# it comes to function prototypes.  
+X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS = "-DNeedFunctionPrototypes=0"

gcc/config/mh-delta88

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+RANLIB = true
+
+
+

gcc/config/mh-dgux

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+HDEFINES=-DHOST_SYS=DGUX_SYS
+CC=gcc -Wall -ansi -D__using_DGUX
+RANLIB=true
+

gcc/config/mh-dgux386

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# from mh-dgux
+HDEFINES=-DHOST_SYS=DGUX_SYS
+CC=gcc -Wall -ansi -D__using_DGUX
+RANLIB = true
+
+# from mh-sysv4
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# C++ debugging is not yet supported under SVR4 (DWARF)
+CXXFLAGS=-O
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cr
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl
+
+# from angela
+# no debugging due to broken compiler, use BSD style timeofday
+CFLAGS=-O -D_BSD_TIMEOFDAY_FLAVOR
+

gcc/config/mh-djgpp

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# We don't want to use debugging information on DOS.  Unfortunately,
+# this requires that we set CFLAGS.
+# This used to set -fno-omit-frame-pointer.
+CFLAGS=-O2

gcc/config/mh-elfalphapic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fPIC

gcc/config/mh-hp300

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+# Avoid "too much defining" errors from HPUX compiler.
+CC = cc -Wp,-H256000
+# If "ar" in $PATH is GNU ar, the symbol table may need rebuilding.
+# If it's HP/UX ar, this should be harmless.
+RANLIB = ar ts
+
+# Native cc can't bootstrap gcc with -g.  Defining CFLAGS here loses (a)
+# for non-gcc directories, (b) if we are compiling with gcc, not
+# native cc.  Neither (a) nor (b) has a trivial fix though.
+
+CFLAGS =

gcc/config/mh-hpux

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+CC = cc -Wp,-H256000
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-hpux8

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+CC = cc -Wp,-H256000
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-interix

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# The shell may not be in /bin. 
+SHELL = sh
+RANLIB = true
+
+# We don't want debugging info in Interix-hosted toolchains.
+# Accomplish this by overriding CFLAGS. This is also a workaround
+# for LD crash when building shared libstdc++.
+CFLAGS=-O2
+CXXFLAGS=-O2
+
+# We also need to override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so libgcc2 will be
+# built without debugging information
+
+LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS=

gcc/config/mh-irix4

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Makefile changes for SGI's running IRIX-4.x.
+# Tell compiler to use K&R C.  We can't compile under the SGI Ansi
+# environment.  Also bump switch table size so that cp-parse will
+# compile.  Bump string length limit so linker builds.
+
+CC = cc -cckr -Wf,-XNg1500 -Wf,-XNk1000 -Wf,-XNh2000 -Wf,-XNl8192
+SYSV = -DSYSV

gcc/config/mh-irix5

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Makefile changes for SGI's running IRIX-5.x.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-irix6

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Makefile changes for SGI's running IRIX-6.x.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
+# Specify the ABI, to ensure that all Irix 6 systems will behave the same.
+# Also, using -32 avoids bugs that exist in the n32/n64 support in some
+# versions of the SGI compiler.
+CC = cc -32

gcc/config/mh-lynxos

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# /bin/cc is less than useful for our purposes.  Always use GCC
+CC = /bin/gcc

gcc/config/mh-lynxrs6k

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# LynxOS running on the rs6000 doesn't have ranlib
+RANLIB = true
+
+# /bin/cc is less than useful for our purposes.  Always use GCC
+CC = /usr/cygnus/progressive/bin/gcc
+
+# /bin/sh is too buggy, so use /bin/bash instead.
+SHELL = /bin/bash

gcc/config/mh-m68kpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fpic

gcc/config/mh-mingw32

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# We don't want debugging info in Win32-hosted toolchains.
+# Accomplish this by overriding CFLAGS.
+CFLAGS=-O2
+CXXFLAGS=-O2
+
+# We also need to override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so libgcc2 will be
+# built without debugging information
+
+LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS=
+
+# custom installation rules for mingw32 (append .exe to binaries, etc.)
+# INSTALL_DOSREL=install-dosrel

gcc/config/mh-ncr3000

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Host configuration file for an NCR 3000 (i486/SVR4) system.
+
+# The NCR 3000 ships with a MetaWare compiler installed as /bin/cc.
+# This compiler not only emits obnoxious copyright messages every time
+# you run it, but it chokes and dies on a whole bunch of GNU source
+# files.  Default to using the AT&T compiler installed in /usr/ccs/ATT/cc.
+# Unfortunately though, the AT&T compiler sometimes generates code that
+# the assembler barfs on if -g is used, so disable it by default as well.
+CC = /usr/ccs/ATT/cc
+CFLAGS =
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cq

gcc/config/mh-ncrsvr43

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Host configuration file for an NCR 3000 (i486/SVR43) system.
+
+# The MetaWare compiler will generate a copyright message unless you
+# turn it off by adding the -Hnocopyr flag.
+CC = cc -Hnocopyr
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-necv4

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Host Makefile fragment for NEC MIPS SVR4.
+
+# The C compiler on NEC MIPS SVR4 needs bigger tables.
+CC = cc -ZXNd=5000 -ZXNg=1000
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# NEC -lX11 needs some other libraries.
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lnsl

gcc/config/mh-papic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fPIC

gcc/config/mh-ppcpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fPIC

gcc/config/mh-riscos

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# This is for a MIPS running RISC/os 4.52C.
+
+# This is needed for GDB, but needs to be in the top-level make because
+# if a library is compiled with the bsd headers and gets linked with the
+# sysv system libraries all hell can break loose (e.g. a jmp_buf might be
+# a different size).
+# ptrace(2) apparently has problems in the BSD environment.  No workaround is
+# known except to select the sysv environment.  Could we use /proc instead?
+# These "sysv environments" and "bsd environments" often end up being a pain.
+#
+# This is not part of CFLAGS because perhaps not all C compilers have this
+# option.
+CC= cc -systype sysv
+
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-sco

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
+# You may need this if you don't have bison.
+# BISON = yacc -Sm10400
+# The native C compiler botches some simple uses of const.  Unfortunately,
+# it doesn't defined anything like "__sco__" for us to test for in ansidecl.h.
+CC = cc -Dconst=
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lm -lintl -lmalloc

gcc/config/mh-solaris

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Makefile changes for Suns running Solaris 2
+
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl -lsocket

gcc/config/mh-sparcpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=`case "${LIBCFLAGS} ${LIBCXXFLAGS}" in *-fpic* ) echo -fpic ;; * ) echo -fPIC ;; esac`

gcc/config/mh-sun3

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Sun's C compiler needs the -J flag to be able to compile cp-parse.c
+# without overflowing the jump tables (-J says to use a 32 bit table)
+CC = cc -J

gcc/config/mh-sysv

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true

gcc/config/mh-sysv4

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# C++ debugging is not yet supported under SVR4 (DWARF)
+CXXFLAGS=-O
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cr
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl

gcc/config/mh-sysv5

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4 -DSVR5
+RANLIB = true
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cr
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl

gcc/config/mh-vaxult2

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# The old BSD pcc isn't up to compiling parts of gdb so use gcc
+CC = gcc

gcc/config/mh-x86pic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fpic

gcc/config/mpw-mh-mpw

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+# This is an MPW makefile fragment.
+
+# Since there are a multiplicity of Mac compilers and two different
+# processors, this file is primarily a library of options for each
+# compiler.  Somebody else (such as a configure or build script) will
+# make the actual choice.
+
+# Compiler to use for compiling.
+
+CC_MPW_C = C -d MPW_C -d ALMOST_STDC -d ANSI_PROTOTYPES -d MPW -mc68020 -model far -b -w
+
+CC_SC = SC -d ALMOST_STDC -d ANSI_PROTOTYPES -d MPW -mc68020 -model far -b -i '' -i :
+
+CC_MWC68K = MWC68K -d MPW -enum int -mpw_chars -sym on -w off -mc68020 -model far
+
+CC_PPCC = PPCC -d powerc=1 -d pascal= -d ALMOST_STDC -d ANSI_PROTOTYPES -d MPW -w
+
+CC_MRC = MrC -d powerc=1 -d pascal= -d ALMOST_STDC -d ANSI_PROTOTYPES -d MPW -i '' -i : -jm
+
+CC_SMrC = SMrC -d MPW
+
+# "-mpw_chars" is necessary because GNU sources often mix signed and
+# unsigned casually.
+# "-w off" is not a great idea, but CW7 is complaining about enum
+# assignments.
+# "-opt global,peep,l4,speed" is sometimes good, and sometimes bad.
+# We must use {CIncludes} so that MPW tools will work; {MWCIncludes}
+# defines stdout, islower, etc, in ways that are incompatible with MPW's
+# runtime.  However, this cannot be done via  -i "{CIncludes}", since
+# that does not affect how <>-type includes happen; instead, the variable
+# MWCIncludes must be set to point at {CIncludes}.
+
+CC_MWCPPC = MWCPPC -d MPW -enum int -mpw_chars -sym on -w off
+
+# Note that GCC does *not* wire in a definition of "pascal", so that
+# it can be handled in another way if desired.
+
+CC_68K_GCC = gC -Dpascal= -DANSI_PROTOTYPES -DMPW
+
+CC_PPC_GCC = gC -Dpowerc=1 -Dpascal= -DANSI_PROTOTYPES -DMPW
+
+# Nothing for the default CFLAGS.
+
+CFLAGS = 
+
+# Tool to use for making libraries/archives.
+
+AR_LIB = Lib
+
+AR_MWLINK68K = MWLink68K -xm library
+
+AR_PPCLINK = PPCLink -xm library
+
+AR_MWLINKPPC = MWLinkPPC -xm library
+
+AR_AR = ar
+
+AR_FLAGS = -o
+
+RANLIB_NULL = null-command
+
+RANLIB_RANLIB = ranlib
+
+# Compiler and/or linker to use for linking.
+
+CC_LD_LINK = Link -w -d -model far {CC_LD_TOOL_FLAGS}
+
+CC_LD_MWLINK68K = MWLink68K -w {CC_LD_TOOL_FLAGS} -sym on -model far
+
+CC_LD_PPCLINK = PPCLink -main __start -outputformat xcoff
+
+CC_LD_MWLINKPPC = MWLinkPPC -w {CC_LD_TOOL_FLAGS} -sym on
+
+CC_LD_GLD = gC
+
+# Extension for linker output.
+
+PROG_EXT_68K =
+
+PROG_EXT_XCOFF = .xcoff
+
+# Nothing for the default LDFLAGS.
+
+LDFLAGS = -w
+
+CC_LD_TOOL_FLAGS = -c 'MPS ' -t MPST
+
+# Libraries to link against.
+
+# It would appear that the math libraries are not
+# needed except to provide a definition for scalb,
+# which is called from ldexp, which is referenced
+# in the m68k opcodes library.
+
+EXTRALIBS_C = \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"StdClib.o \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"Math.o \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"CSANELib.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Stubs.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Runtime.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Interface.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"ToolLibs.o
+
+EXTRALIBS_MWC68K = \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"StdClib.o \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"Math.o \Option-d
+	"{CLibraries}"CSANELib.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Stubs.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Runtime.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"Interface.o \Option-d
+	"{Libraries}"ToolLibs.o \Option-d
+	"{MW68KLibraries}MPW ANSI (4i) C.68K.Lib"
+
+EXTRALIBS_PPC_XCOFF = \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"StdCRuntime.o \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"InterfaceLib.xcoff \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"MathLib.xcoff \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"StdCLib.xcoff \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"PPCToolLibs.o \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"PPCCRuntime.o \Option-d
+	"{GCCPPCLibraries}"libgcc.xcoff
+
+EXTRALIBS_PPC = \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"StdCRuntime.o \Option-d
+	"{SharedLibraries}"InterfaceLib \Option-d
+	"{SharedLibraries}"MathLib \Option-d
+	"{SharedLibraries}"StdCLib \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"PPCToolLibs.o \Option-d
+	"{PPCLibraries}"PPCCRuntime.o \Option-d
+	"{GCCPPCLibraries}"libgcc.xcoff
+
+EXTRALIBS_MWCPPC = \Option-d
+	"{MWPPCLibraries}"MWStdCRuntime.Lib \Option-d
+	"{MWPPCLibraries}"InterfaceLib \Option-d
+	"{MWPPCLibraries}"StdCLib \Option-d
+	"{MWPPCLibraries}"MathLib \Option-d
+	"{MWPPCLibraries}"PPCToolLibs.o
+
+# Tool to make PEF with, if needed.
+
+MAKEPEF_NULL = null-command
+
+MAKEPEF_PPC = MakePEF
+
+MAKEPEF_FLAGS = \Option-d
+	-l InterfaceLib.xcoff=InterfaceLib \Option-d
+	-l MathLib.xcoff=MathLib \Option-d
+	-l StdCLib.xcoff=StdCLib
+
+MAKEPEF_TOOL_FLAGS = -ft MPST -fc 'MPS '
+
+# Resource compiler to use.
+
+REZ_68K = Rez
+
+REZ_PPC = Rez -d WANT_CFRG
+

gcc/config/mpw/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+Fri Mar 16 12:46:19 GMT 2001 Bernd Schmidt  (bernds@redhat.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.3 Released.
+
+Sun Oct 24 23:54:10 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.2 Released.
+
+Mon Aug 16 01:29:24 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.1 Released.
+
+Wed Jul 28 21:39:31 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Sun Jul 25 23:40:51 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Tue Nov 26 12:34:12 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: Fix some comments.
+
+Mon Sep 16 14:42:52 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed (HLDENV): Edit out all references.
+
+Thu Aug 15 19:49:23 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* true: New script, identical to mpw-true.
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: Add @DASH_C_FLAG@ and @SEGMENT_FLAG()@
+	to the editors for compile commands.
+
+Thu Aug  1 15:01:42 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-true, mpw-touch, null-command: New scripts.
+	* README: Describe usage in more detail.
+
+Tue Dec 12 14:51:51 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: Don't edit out "version=" occurrences.
+
+Fri Dec  1 11:46:18 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed (bindir, libdir): Edit the positions of
+	pathname separators to work with other pathnames better.
+
+Tue Nov  7 15:08:07 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: Add comment about Duplicate vs Catenate,
+	add additional pattern for editing link-compile commands.
+
+Tue Oct 24 14:28:51 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: Add handling for *.tab.[hc] files.
+	(CHILL_FOR_TARGET, CHILL_LIB): Edit out tricky definitions
+	of these.
+
+Thu Sep 28 21:05:10 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* g-mpw-make.sed: New file, generic sed commands to translate
+	Unix makefiles into MPW makefile syntax.
+
+Fri Mar 17 11:51:20 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* README: Clarify instructions.
+	* fi: Remove.
+
+Wed Dec 21 15:45:53 1994  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* MoveIfChange, README, fi, forward-include, open-brace,
+        tr-7to8-src: New files.

gcc/config/mpw/MoveIfChange

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Rename a file only if it is different from a previously existing
+# file of the same name.  This is useful for keeping make from doing
+# too much work if the contents of a file haven't changed.
+
+# This is an MPW translation of the standard GNU sh script move-if-change.
+
+Set exit 0
+
+If "`exists -f "{2}"`"
+  Compare "{1}" "{2}" >dev:null
+  If {status} != 0
+    Rename -y "{1}" "{2}"
+  Else
+    Echo "{2}" is unchanged
+    Delete -i -y "{1}"
+  End
+Else
+  Rename -y "{1}" "{2}"
+End

gcc/config/mpw/README

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+This directory contains MPW scripts and related files that are needed to
+build Cygnus GNU tools for MPW.  The scripts should be somewhere on the
+command path; our usual practice has been to have a separate directory
+for the scripts, and put the tools (byacc, flex, and sed at least) there
+also; then it's easier to drag the support bits around as a group, or to
+upgrade MPW versions.  The complete package of scripts and tool binaries
+is usually available as pub/mac/buildtools.cpt.hqx on ftp.cygnus.com.
+
+"tr-7to8-src" is actually the source to an MPW script that transforms
+sequences like "\Option-d" into the actual 8-bit chars that MPW needs.
+It's only the source because it can't itself include any 8-bit chars.
+It *can* be processed into a genuine "tr-7to8" by using itself:
+
+	tr-7to8 tr-7to8-src | sed -e 's/Src//' >new-tr-7to8
+
+Use this to verify:
+
+	compare tr-7to8 new-tr-7to8
+
+If you don't have a working tr-7to8, then you will have to manually
+replace all occurrences of "\Option-d" with real Option-d (which looks
+like a delta), then do similarly with all the other "\Option-..."
+strings, and then change "\SrcOption-d" into the string "\Option-d".

gcc/config/mpw/forward-include

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+Echo '#include' ¶""{1}"¶" >"{2}".tem
+MoveIfChange "{2}".tem "{2}"
+

gcc/config/mpw/g-mpw-make.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+# Sed commands to translate Unix makefiles into MPW makefiles.
+# These are nominally generic, but work best on the makefiles used
+# for GNU programs.
+
+# Whack out any commented-out lines that are probably commands;
+# they can only cause trouble later on.
+/^#	/d
+
+# Change dependency char.
+/:$/s/:/ \\Option-f/g
+/^[^ 	:#][^:]*:/s/\([ 	]*\):\([ 	]*\)/ \\Option-f /g
+
+# Change syntax of Makefile vars.
+/\$/s/\${\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\)}/{\1}/g
+/\$/s/\$(\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\))/{\1}/g
+/ $@/s/ $@/ {Targ}/
+
+# Double-$ are literals to Unix but not to MPW make.
+/\$\$/s/\$\$/$/g
+
+# Change pathname syntax.
+/\//s,\.\./\/\.\./,:::,g
+/\//s,\.\./,::,g
+/\.\//s,\./,:,g
+/\//s,/,:,g
+# Undo excess changes.
+/and/s,and:or$,and/or,
+/and/s,and:or ,and/or ,
+/want/s,want:need,want/need,
+# Fixing up sed commands.
+/-e/s_":\([^:]*\):d"_"/\1/d"_g
+/-e/s_":\([^:]*\):,:\([^:]*\):d"_"/\1/,/\2/d"_g
+
+/=/s/ = \.$/ = :/
+
+# Make these go away so that later edits not confused.
+/HLDENV/s/{HLDENV}//
+
+# Comment out any explicit srcdir setting.
+/srcdir/s/^srcdir/# srcdir/
+
+/BASEDIR/s/^BASEDIR =.*$/BASEDIR = "{srcroot}"/
+/{BASEDIR}:/s/{BASEDIR}:/{BASEDIR}/g
+/{srcdir}:/s/{srcdir}:/"{srcdir}"/g
+/"{srcdir}":/s/"{srcdir}":/"{srcdir}"/g
+
+# Tweak some conventions that are backwards for the Mac.
+/bindir/s/{exec_prefix}:bin/{exec_prefix}bin:/
+/libdir/s/{exec_prefix}:lib/{exec_prefix}lib:/
+
+# Comment out settings of anything set by mpw host config.
+/CC/s/^CC *=/#CC =/
+/CFLAGS/s/^CFLAGS *=/#CFLAGS =/
+/AR/s/^AR *=/#AR =/
+/AR_FLAGS/s/^AR_FLAGS *=/#AR_FLAGS =/
+/RANLIB/s/^RANLIB *=/#RANLIB =/
+/CC_LD/s/^CC_LD *=/#CC_LD =/
+/LDFLAGS/s/^LDFLAGS *=/#LDFLAGS =/
+
+# Change -I usages.
+/-I/s/-I\./-i :/g
+/-I/s/-I::bfd/-i ::bfd:/g
+/-I/s/-I::include/-i ::include:/g
+/-I/s/-I/-i /g
+
+# Change -D usage.
+/-D/s/\([ =]\)-D\([^ ]*\)/\1-d \2/g
+
+# Change continuation char.
+/\\$/s/\\$/\\Option-d/
+
+# Change wildcard char.
+/\*/s/\*/\\Option-x/g
+
+# Change path of various types of source files.  This rule does not allow
+# for file names with multiple dots in the name.
+/\.[chly]/s/\([ 	><=]\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.\([chly]\)/\1"{s}"\2.\3/g
+/\.[chly]/s/^\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.\([chly]\)/"{s}"\1.\2/
+# Allow files named *.tab.[ch] as a special case.
+/\.tab\.[ch]/s/\([ 	><=]\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\.tab\)\.\([ch]\)/\1"{s}"\2.\3/g
+/\.tab\.[ch]/s/^\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\.tab\)\.\([ch]\)/"{s}"\1.\2/
+# Fix some overenthusiasms.
+/{s}/s/"{s}""{srcdir}"/"{srcdir}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}"{\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)dir}/"{\1dir}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}"{\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)DIR}/"{\1DIR}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}""{\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)dir}"/"{\1dir}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}""{\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)DIR}"/"{\1DIR}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}":/:/g
+/{s}/s/^"{s}"//g
+/{s}/s/"{s}""{s}"/"{s}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{s}""{srcdir}"/"{s}"/g
+/{s}/s/"{srcdir}""{s}"/"{s}"/g
+
+# The .def files are also typically source files.
+/\.def/s/\([ 	><]\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.def/\1"{s}"\2.def/g
+/\.def/s/^\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.def/"{s}"\1.def/g
+
+# Change extension and path of objects.
+/\.o/s/\([ 	=]\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.o/\1"{o}"\2.c.o/g
+/\.o/s/^\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.o/"{o}"\1.c.o/
+# Allow *.tab.o files as a special case of a 2-dot-name file.
+/\.o/s/\([ 	=]\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.tab\.o/\1"{o}"\2.tab.c.o/g
+/\.o/s/^\([-a-zA-Z0-9_${}:"]*\)\.tab\.o/"{o}"\1.tab.c.o/
+# Clean up.
+/"{o}"/s/"{o}""{o}"/"{o}"/g
+/"{o}"/s/^"{o}"\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/\1=/
+
+# Change extension of libs.
+/\.a/s/lib\([a-z]*\)\.a/lib\1.o/g
+
+# Remove non-fail option.
+/-/s/^\([ 	]*\)-/\1/
+# Fix overeagernesses - assumes no one-letter commands.
+/^[ 	]*[a-z] /s/^\([ 	]*\)\([a-z]\) /\1-\2 /
+
+# Remove non-echo option. (watch out for autoconf things)
+/@/s/^\([ 	]*\)@/\1/
+
+# Change cp to Duplicate.
+# Catenate is perhaps more accurate, but the pattern would have to
+# identify the output file and add a '>' redirection into it.
+/cp/s/^\([ 	]*\)cp /\1Duplicate -d -y /
+# Change mv to Rename.
+/mv/s/^\([ 	]*\)mv /\1Rename -y /
+/Rename/s/^\([ 	]*\)Rename -y -f/\1Rename -y/
+# Change rm to Delete.
+/rm -rf/s/^\([ 	]*\)rm -rf /\1Delete -i -y /
+/rm -f/s/^\([ 	]*\)rm -f /\1Delete -i -y /
+/rm/s/^\([ 	]*\)rm /\1Delete -i -y /
+# Note that we don't mess with ln - directory-specific scripts
+# must decide what to do with symlinks.
+# Change cat to Catenate.
+/cat/s/^\([ 	]*\)cat /\1Catenate /
+# Change touch to mpw-touch.
+/touch/s/^\([ 	]*\)touch /\1mpw-touch /
+# Change mkdir to NewFolder.
+/mkdir/s/^\([ 	]*\)mkdir /\1NewFolder /
+# Change var setting to Set.
+/=/s/^\([ 	]*\)\([-a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\([^;]*\); \\Option-d/\1Set \2 \3/
+
+# Change tests.
+/if /s/if \[ *-f \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" != ""/
+/if /s/if \[ *-f \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" != ""/
+/if /s/if \[ ! *-f \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" == ""/
+/if /s/if \[ ! *-f \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then \\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" == ""/
+
+/if /s/if \[ *-d \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" != ""/
+/if /s/if \[ *-d \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" != ""/
+/if /s/if \[ ! *-d \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" == ""/
+/if /s/if \[ ! *-d \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "`Exists "\1"`" == ""/
+
+/if /s/if \[ -d \([^ ]*\) ] *; then true *; else mkdir \([^ ;]*\) *; fi/If "`Exists "\1"`" != "" NewFolder \2 End If/
+
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) = \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "\1" == "\2"/
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) = \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "\1" == "\2"/
+
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) != \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "\1" != "\2"/
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) != \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "\1" != "\2"/
+
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) -eq \([^ ]*\) ] *; *\\Option-d/If "\1" != "\2"/
+/if /s/if \[ \([^ ]*\) -eq \([^ ]*\) ] *; *then *\\Option-d/If "\1" != "\2"/
+
+/^[ 	]*else true$/c\
+	Else\
+		mpw-true\
+
+
+/else/s/^\([ 	]*\)else[ 	]*$/\1Else/
+/else/s/^\([ 	]*\)else[; 	]*\\Option-d$/\1Else/
+
+/^[ 	]*else[ 	]*true[ 	]*$/c\
+	Else\
+		mpw-true
+
+/^[ 	]*else[ 	]*true[; 	]*fi$/c\
+	Else\
+		mpw-true\
+	End If
+
+/fi/s/^\([ 	]*\)fi *$/\1End/
+/fi/s/^\([ 	]*\)fi *; *\\Option-d/\1End/
+
+# Change looping.
+/for/s/^\([ 	]*\)for \([-a-zA-Z0-9_]*\) in \([^;]*\); *do *\\Option-d/\1For \2 In \3/
+/^\([ 	]*\)do *\\Option-d/d
+/done/s/^\([ 	]*\)done *; *\\Option-d/\1End/
+/done/s/^\([ 	]*\)done$/\1End/
+
+# Trailing semicolons and continued lines are unneeded sh syntax.
+/; \\Option-d/s/; \\Option-d//
+
+# Change move-if-change to MoveIfChange.
+/move-if-change/s/\([^ 	]*\)move-if-change/MoveIfChange/g
+
+# Change $(SHELL) to the script name by itself.
+/SHELL/s/^\([ 	]*\){SHELL} /\1/
+
+# Change syntax of default rule dependency.
+/^\.c\.o/s/^\.c\.o \\Option-f$/.c.o \\Option-f .c/
+
+# Change default rule's action.
+/{CC} -c/s/{CC} -c \(.*\) \$<$/{CC} @DASH_C_FLAG@ {DepDir}{Default}.c \1 @SEGMENT_FLAG({Default})@ -o {TargDir}{Default}.c.o/
+
+# This is pretty disgusting, but I can't seem to detect empty rules.
+/Option-f$/s/Option-f$/Option-f _oldest/g
+
+# Remove -c from explicit compiler calls. (but should not if GCC)
+# Handle the case of a source file that is "{xxx}"file.c.
+/ -c /s/{\([A-Z_]*\)CC}\(.*\) -c \(.*\)"\([^"]*\)"\([-a-z_]*\)\.c/{\1CC}\2 @DASH_C_FLAG@ \3"\4"\5.c -o "{o}"\5.c.o/
+# Handle the case of a source file that is "{xxx}"dir:file.c.
+/ -c /s/{\([A-Z_]*\)CC}\(.*\) -c \(.*\)"\([^"]*\)"\([-a-z_]*\):\([-a-z_]*\)\.c/{\1CC}\2 @DASH_C_FLAG@ \3"\4"\5:\6.c -o "{o}"\6.c.o/
+
+# Change linking cc to linking sequence.
+/-o/s/^\([ 	]*\){CC} \(.*\){\([A-Z_]*\)CFLAGS} \(.*\){LDFLAGS} \(.*\)-o \([^ ]*\) \(.*\)$/\1{CC_LD} \2 {\3CFLAGS} \4 {LDFLAGS} \5 -o \6{PROG_EXT} \7\
+\1{MAKEPEF} \6{PROG_EXT} -o \6 {MAKEPEF_TOOL_FLAGS} {MAKEPEF_FLAGS}\
+\1{REZ} "{s}"\6.r -o \6 -append -d PROG_NAME='"'\6'"' -d VERSION_STRING='"'{version}'"'/
+/-o/s/^\([ 	]*\){CC} \(.*\){\([A-Z_]*\)CFLAGS} \(.*\)-o \([^ ]*\) \(.*\){LDFLAGS} \(.*\)$/\1{CC_LD} \2 {\3CFLAGS} \4 {LDFLAGS} \6 -o \5{PROG_EXT} \7\
+\1{MAKEPEF} \5{PROG_EXT} -o \5 {MAKEPEF_TOOL_FLAGS} {MAKEPEF_FLAGS}\
+\1{REZ} "{s}"\5.r -o \5 -append -d PROG_NAME='"'\5'"' -d VERSION_STRING='"'{version}'"'/
+/-o/s/^\([ 	]*\){HOST_CC} \(.*\)-o \([^ ]*\) \(.*\)$/\1{HOST_CC_LD} \2 -o \3{PROG_EXT} \4\
+\1{MAKEPEF} \3{PROG_EXT} -o \3 {MAKEPEF_TOOL_FLAGS} {MAKEPEF_FLAGS}\
+\1{REZ} "{s}"\3.r -o \3 -append -d PROG_NAME='"'\3'"' -d VERSION_STRING='"'{version}'"'/
+
+# Comment out .NOEXPORT rules.
+/\.NOEXPORT/s/^\.NOEXPORT/#\.NOEXPORT/
+# Comment out .PHONY rules.
+/\.PHONY/s/^\.PHONY/#\.PHONY/
+# Comment out .PRECIOUS rules.
+/\.PRECIOUS/s/^\.PRECIOUS/#\.PRECIOUS/
+# Comment out .SUFFIXES rules.
+/\.SUFFIXES/s/^\.SUFFIXES/#\.SUFFIXES/
+
+# Set the install program appropriately.
+/INSTALL/s/^INSTALL *= *`.*`:install.sh -c/INSTALL = Duplicate -y/
+
+# Don't try to decide whether to use the tree's own tools.
+/bison/s/`.*bison:bison.*`/bison -y/
+/byacc/s/`.*byacc:byacc.*`/byacc/
+/flex/s/`.*flex:flex.*`/flex/
+
+# Turn transformed C comments in echo commands back into comments.
+/echo/s,echo '\(.*\):\\Option-x\(.*\)\\Option-x:\(.*\)',echo '\1/*\2*/\3',
+
+# Whack out various clever expressions that search for tools, since
+# the clever code is too /bin/sh specific.
+
+/^AR_FOR_TARGET = `/,/`$/c\
+AR_FOR_TARGET = ::binutils:ar\
+
+
+/^RANLIB_FOR_TARGET = `/,/`$/c\
+RANLIB_FOR_TARGET = ::binutils:ranlib\
+
+
+/^RANLIB_TEST_FOR_TARGET = /,/ranlib ] )$/c\
+RANLIB_TEST_FOR_TARGET = \
+
+
+/^EXPECT = `/,/`$/c\
+EXPECT = \
+
+
+/^RUNTEST = `/,/`$/c\
+RUNTEST = \
+
+
+/^CC_FOR_TARGET = `/,/`$/c\
+CC_FOR_TARGET = \
+
+
+/^CXX_FOR_TARGET = `/,/`$/c\
+CXX_FOR_TARGET = \
+
+
+/^CHILL_FOR_TARGET = `/,/`$/c\
+CHILL_FOR_TARGET = \
+
+
+/^CHILL_LIB = `/,/`$/c\
+CHILL_LIB = \
+
+/sanit/s/{start-sanit...-[a-z0-9]*}//
+/sanit/s/{end-sanit...-[a-z0-9]*}//
+
+# Add standard defines and default rules.
+/^# srcdir/a\
+\
+s = "{srcdir}"\
+\
+o = :\
+\
+"{o}" \\Option-f : "{s}"
+

gcc/config/mpw/mpw-touch

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# "Touch" command.
+
+If "`Exists "{1}"`" != ""
+	SetFile -m . "{1}"
+Else
+	Echo ' ' > "{1}"
+End If

gcc/config/mpw/mpw-true

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Exit 0

gcc/config/mpw/null-command

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# This command does nothing.

gcc/config/mpw/open-brace

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# MPW makefiles seem not to have any way to get a literal open
+# brace into a rule anywhere, so this does the job.
+
+Echo '{'

gcc/config/mpw/tr-7to8-src

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+StreamEdit -e \Option-d
+  '/\Option-x/ \Option-d
+    Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-d/ "\Option-d\Option-d" -c \Option-5 ; \Option-d
+    Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-f/ "\Option-d\Option-f" -c \Option-5 ; \Option-d
+	Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-8/ "\Option-d\Option-8" -c \Option-5 ; \Option-d
+	Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-5/ "\Option-d\Option-5" -c \Option-5 ; \Option-d
+	Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-x/ "\Option-d\Option-x" -c \Option-5 ; \Option-d
+	Replace /\Option-d\SrcOption-r/ "\Option-d\Option-r" -c \Option-5'  \Option-d
+  "{1}"

gcc/config/mpw/true

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Exit 0

gcc/config/mt-armpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fPIC

gcc/config/mt-elfalphapic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fPIC

gcc/config/mt-linux

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# When using glibc 2 on Linux we must always use vtable thunks.
+CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CXXFLAGS) -fvtable-thunks -D_GNU_SOURCE

gcc/config/mt-m68kpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fpic

gcc/config/mt-netware

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GDB_NLM_DEPS = all-gcc all-ld

gcc/config/mt-ospace

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Build libraries optimizing for space, not speed.
+ CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os
+ CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = -g -Os

gcc/config/mt-papic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fPIC

gcc/config/mt-ppcpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fPIC

gcc/config/mt-sparcpic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=`case "${LIBCFLAGS} ${LIBCXXFLAGS}" in *-fpic* ) echo -fpic ;; * ) echo -fPIC ;; esac`

gcc/config/mt-v810

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ca732 -ansi
+AS_FOR_TARGET = as732
+AR_FOR_TARGET = ar732
+RANLIB_FOR_TARGET = true

gcc/config/mt-x86pic

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fpic

gcc/contrib/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+Fri Mar 16 12:46:19 GMT 2001 Bernd Schmidt  (bernds@redhat.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.3 Released.
+
+Sun Oct 24 23:54:10 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.2 Released.
+
+Mon Aug 16 01:29:24 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.1 Released.
+
+Wed Jul 28 21:39:31 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Sun Jul 25 23:40:51 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+1999-07-17  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+	
+	* test_summary: Replace egcs with gcc.  Update e-mail address.
+
+1999-06-12  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary: Set default mail-address and version for egcs
+	instead of relying on unpredictable pathnames.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger <aj@arthur.rhein-neckar.de>
+
+1999-06-12  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary: Set default mail-address and version for egcs
+	instead of relying on unpredictable pathnames.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger <aj@arthur.rhein-neckar.de>
+
+Fri Apr  2 16:09:02 1999  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* fixinc/*: Delete obsolete files.
+
+1999-02-04  Robert Lipe  <robertlipe@usa.net>
+
+	* egcs_update: Test return values of 'cvs update'.  Propogate 
+	to caller as exit values.     
+
+1999-01-25  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: Use "if" instead of "&&".  Touch generated files
+ 	only after the corresponding *.y files.
+
+1999-01-19  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: Do not use xargs, but a backquote construct.
+
+1999-01-07  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary (version): Remove carriage return that gawk inserts
+	in the version string for some reason.
+
+1998-11-30  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: Only touch files that already exist.
+
+1998-11-29  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary (EOF): Remove double backslash.
+	Reported by Franz Sirl <Franz.Sirl-kernel@lauterbach.com>
+
+1998-11-28  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary (address): Set to egcs-testresults mailing list.
+
+1998-11-27  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary (address): Added Marc Lehmann's testsuite-results
+	to the default e-mail address.
+
+1998-11-25  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary (-p, prepend_logs): Add these before the summary.
+	(Compiler, Platform): Print these just before configflags.
+
+Sat Oct 31 10:53:40 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* warn_summary (longLineFilter): New shell function to encapsulate
+ 	this functionality.  It is off by default, only active if -llf
+ 	flag is specified.
+  	(subdirectoryFilter): Fix bug in filtering which made some
+ 	subdirectory warnings erroneously appear in the toplevel set.
+  	(stageNfilter): Renamed from `stageNwarns'.  Updated to collect
+ 	warnings from stage1 as well as stage0, which means warnings from
+ 	outside the bootstrap directory.  Eg, the libraries, etc.
+  	(warningFilter): New shell function to encapsulate this
+ 	functionality.
+	(keywordFilter): New shell function to encapsulate this
+ 	functionality.
+
+	Store data in a temp file rather than calculating it 3x.  Arrange
+	to remove it on exit and signals.
+
+	Add -pass/-wpass flags to do "pass through" (i.e. manual
+ 	inspection) of bootstrap output from a particular stageN as well
+ 	as language subdirs.
+
+	Add better comments/documentation.	
+
+Sat Oct 31 16:39:31 1998  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: Add comment about keeping the FAQ synchronized.
+
+Fri Oct 30 00:39:27 1998  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* egcs_update: Do touch java/parse.c and java/parse-scan.c. They're
+	in the repo again.
+
+Fri Oct 16 07:35:00 1998  Bruce Korb <korb@datadesign.com>
+
+	* egcs_update:  Added gcc/fixinc/* generated files to touch list.
+
+Tue Oct 13 23:28:33 1998  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* egcs_update: Remove gcc/java/parse.c from list of files to
+	touch.
+
+Wed Oct  7 13:00:40 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* gperf-2.7-19981006.pat: New file, patch for egcs-local gperf.
+
+Mon Oct  5 14:19:48 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* warn_summary (subdirectoryFilter): New shell function to
+ 	optionally filter in/out gcc subdirectories when summarizing
+ 	warnings.  Add new flags to support subdirectory filtering.
+	
+	Also, ensure the bootstrap stage is a number.  Add some more C
+ 	keywords that are preserved in the "warning type" summary and
+ 	tighten up the "arg ???" regexp.
+
+Tue Sep 22 07:30 Bruce Korb <korb@datadesign.com>
+
+	* fixinc/inclhack.def:  Not all C++ comments in C headers
+	were treated alike.  They are now.  Also fixed syntax
+	of sed expression in "systypes" fix.
+
+	* fixinc/inclhack.def:  Removed SVR4.2-ism from shell invocation
+
+	* egcs_update:  Added fixinc/* generated files to touch list.
+
+Wed Sep 16 16:06:51 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* egcs_update: Additionally touch gcc/java/parse.[ch].
+
+Thu Sep  9 16:48 Bruce Korb <korb@datadesign.com>
+	
+	* fixinc/inclhack.def:  Added two files required by
+	SCO's Open Server 5's avoid_bool fix.
+	Regenerated fixinc.x and inclhack.sh to incorporate
+	the update.
+
+Thu Sep  3 10:11:32 1998  Robert Lipe   <robertl@dgii.com>
+
+	* egcs_update: Do the pass 1 CVS update only for files that
+	may reasonably be under CVS control. 
+
+1998-08-14  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_installed: New script for testing already-installed
+ 	gcc/g++/g77.
+
+Wed Aug 12 19:59:36 1998  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: Assigned copyright to FSF.
+
+Tue Aug 11 17:55:53 1998  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+                          Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* egcs_update: New switch --nostdflags and documentation
+	enhancements.
+
+Tue Aug 11 17:33:19 1998  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* egcs_update: New script.
+
+1998-08-05  Bruce Korb <korbb@datadesign.com>
+
+	* fixinc/Makefile
+	Added define for target machine so machine-specific tests
+	can be selected for or against.
+
+	* fixinc/fixincl.c
+	Added an array of string pointers to machines to select
+	or avoid, depending on a FD_MACH_IFNOT bit flag.
+	Used a shell script to match the defined TARGET_MACHINE
+	with any of the given match patterns.
+
+	* fixinc/fixincl.tpl
+	Generate the array of strings and bit flag, as needed,
+	depending on "mach" and "not_machine" attributes for a fix.
+
+	* fixinc/mkfixinc.sh
+	Invoke the make with TARGET assigned the value of the
+	machine name argument.
+
+Mon Jul 27 22:08:12 1998  Mike Stump  (mrs@wrs.com)
+
+	* compare_tests: New script.
+
+1998-07-28  Alexandre Oliva  <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary: Assigned copyright to FSF.
+
+Mon Jul 27 20:33:02 1998  Gerald Pfeifer  <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* test_summary: Corrected script name in comments providing
+	documentation.  Added linebreaks for lines with > 80 characters.
+
+Fri Jun 19 02:36:59 1998  Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+	* test_summary: New switch, -i, and environment variable,
+	append_logs, for including files in the report.
+
+1998-06-01  Manfred Hollstein  <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* warn_summary: Update to Kaveh's latest version allowing to
+	specify the last stage built.
+
+1998-05-29  Bruce Korb <korbb@datadesign.com>
+
+	* fixinc/mkfixinc.sh
+	Changes to make it easier to invoke on platforms that
+	normally do not invoke fixincludes.
+
+	* fixinc/inclhack.def
+	Applied fixes from egcs/gcc/fixincludes from the past several
+	months.
+
+1998-05-28  Bruce Korb <korbb@datadesign.com>
+
+	* fixinc/*: Updated most everything for a first real
+	try at getting "fast_fixincludes" working.
+
+1998-05-28  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* index-prop: New file.
+
+Sat May 23 23:38:49 1998  Matthias Klose  <doko@cs.tu-berlin.de>
+
+	* test_summary: find good awk (copied from warn_summary).
+
+Sat May 23 23:38:33 1998  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* test_summary, warn_summary: New files

gcc/contrib/compare_tests

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script automatically test the given tool with the tool's test cases,
+# reporting anything of interest.
+
+# exits with 1 if there is nothing of interest
+# exits with 0 if there is something interesting
+# exits with 2 if an error occurred
+
+# Give two .sum files to compare them
+
+# Written by Mike Stump <mrs@cygnus.com>
+
+tmp1=/tmp/$tool-testing.$$a
+tmp2=/tmp/$tool-testing.$$b
+now_s=/tmp/$tool-testing.$$d
+before_s=/tmp/$tool-testing.$$e
+
+if [ "$2" = "" ]; then
+	echo "Usage: $0 previous current" >&2
+	exit 2
+fi
+
+sed 's/^XFAIL/FAIL/; s/^XPASS/PASS/' < "$1" >$tmp1
+sed 's/^XFAIL/FAIL/; s/^XPASS/PASS/' < "$2" >$tmp2
+
+before=$tmp1
+now=$tmp2
+
+trap "rm -f $tmp1 $tmp2 $now_s $before_s" 0 1 2 3 5 9 13 15
+
+sort +0.4 "$now" > "$now_s"
+sort +0.4 "$before" > "$before_s"
+
+grep '^FAIL' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^PASS' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -12 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "Tests that now fail, but worked before:"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi
+
+grep '^PASS' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^FAIL' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -12 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "Tests that now work, but didn't before:"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi
+
+grep '^FAIL' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^[PF]A[SI][SL]' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -23 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "New tests that FAIL:"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi
+
+grep '^PASS' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^[PF]A[SI][SL]' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -23 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "New tests that PASS:"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi
+
+grep '^[PF]A[SI][SL]' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^PASS' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -13 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "Old tests that passed, that have disappeared: (Eeek!)"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi
+
+grep '^[PF]A[SI][SL]' "$now_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' >$tmp1
+grep '^FAIL' "$before_s" | sed 's/^....:	//' | comm -13 $tmp1 - >$tmp2
+
+grep -s . $tmp2 >/dev/null
+if [ $? = 0 ]; then
+	echo "Old tests that failed, that have disappeared: (Eeek!)"
+	echo
+	cat $tmp2
+	echo
+fi

gcc/contrib/egcs_update

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# Update a local CVS tree from the egcs repository, with an emphasis
+# on treating generated files correctly, so that autoconf, bison et
+# al are not required for the ``end'' user.
+#
+# By default all command-line options are passed to `cvs update` in
+# addition to $UPDATE_OPTIONS (defined below). If the first parameter
+# reads --nostdflags, $UPDATE_OPTIONS as well as this parameter itself
+# are omitted. 
+# 
+# If the first parameter reads --patch, the second parameter is considered
+# a patch file.
+# 
+# If the first parameter is --touch, no cvs operation will be performed,
+# only generated files that appear to be out of date in the local tree
+# will be touched.
+#
+# If the first parameter is --list, a list of the generated files and
+# their dependencies will be printed; --help prints this message.
+#
+# Examples:
+#
+# contrib/egcs_update -r egcs_latest_snapshot
+# contrib/egcs_update -A
+# contrib/egcs_update --nostdflags -P -r egcs_1_1_branch gcc/testsuite
+# contrib/egcs_update --patch some-patch
+# contrib/egcs_update --touch
+# contrib/egcs_update --list
+#
+#
+# (C) 1998-1999 Free Software Foundation
+# Originally by Gerald Pfeifer <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>, August 1998.
+#
+# This script is Free Software, and it can be copied, distributed and
+# modified as defined in the GNU General Public License.  A copy of
+# its license can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+
+
+# Default options used when updating via CVS.
+UPDATE_OPTIONS=-P
+# Add -d to create any directories that exist in the repository but not
+#        locally.
+# Add -A to reset any sticky tags, dates, or `-k' options.
+
+
+# This function prints a list of all generated files, along with their
+# dependencies.  Note that only one target is supported per line: the
+# colon is stripped from the output.
+files_and_dependencies () {
+    sed -e 's/ *#.*//' -e '/^$/d' -e 's/://' <<\EOF
+# All automake dependencies within texinfo
+# In fact, not all, since we do not care about sub-directories that
+# we do not build.  In particular, *.po and *.gmo are not touched.
+texinfo/aclocal.m4: texinfo/configure.in texinfo/acinclude.m4
+texinfo/Makefile.in: texinfo/Makefile.am texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4
+texinfo/configure: texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4
+texinfo/stamp-h.in: texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4 texinfo/acconfig.h
+texinfo/lib/Makefile.in: texinfo/lib/Makefile.am texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4
+texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.in: texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.am texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4
+texinfo/util/Makefile.in: texinfo/util/Makefile.am texinfo/configure.in texinfo/aclocal.m4
+# Now, proceed to gcc automatically generated files
+gcc/configure: gcc/configure.in
+gcc/cstamp-h.in: gcc/configure.in gcc/acconfig.h
+gcc/config.in: gcc/cstamp-h.in
+gcc/c-parse.y: gcc/c-parse.in
+gcc/c-parse.c: gcc/c-parse.y
+gcc/c-parse.h: gcc/c-parse.c
+gcc/c-gperf.h: gcc/c-parse.gperf
+gcc/cexp.c: gcc/cexp.y
+gcc/fixinc/fixincl.x: gcc/fixinc/fixincl.tpl gcc/fixinc/inclhack.def
+gcc/fixinc/inclhack.sh: gcc/fixinc/inclhack.def gcc/fixinc/inclhack.tpl gcc/fixinc/hackshell.tpl
+gcc/fixinc/fixincl.sh: gcc/fixinc/inclhack.def gcc/fixinc/inclhack.tpl
+# And then, language-specific files
+gcc/cp/parse.c: gcc/cp/parse.y
+gcc/cp/parse.h: gcc/cp/parse.c
+gcc/objc/objc-parse.y: gcc/c-parse.in
+gcc/objc/objc-parse.c: gcc/objc/objc-parse.y
+gcc/java/parse.h: gcc/java/parse.y
+gcc/java/parse.c: gcc/java/parse.y gcc/java/lex.c gcc/java/parse.h gcc/java/lex.h
+gcc/java/parse-scan.c: gcc/java/parse-scan.y gcc/java/lex.c gcc/java/parse.h gcc/java/lex.h
+# And libraries, at last
+libchill/configure: libchill/configure.in
+libf2c/configure: libf2c/configure.in
+libf2c/libF77/configure: libf2c/libF77/configure.in
+libf2c/libI77/configure: libf2c/libI77/configure.in
+libf2c/libU77/configure: libf2c/libU77/configure.in
+libf2c/libU77/stamp-h.in: libf2c/libU77/configure.in libf2c/libU77/acconfig.h
+libobjc/configure: libobjc/configure.in
+EOF
+}
+
+
+# This function checks whether its first argument is newer than all
+# the other arguments.  It returns success (0) otherwise.
+is_out_of_date () {
+  test `ls -1dt ${1+"$@"} | sed 1q` != "$1"
+}
+
+
+# This function touches generated files such that the ``end'' user does
+# not have to rebuild them.
+touch_files () {
+    files_and_dependencies | while read f deps; do
+	if test -f $f && is_out_of_date "$f" $deps; then
+	    echo Touching "$f"...
+	    touch $f
+	    if is_out_of_date "$f" $deps; then
+		# Hmm, it may have got the same timestamp as one of
+		# its touched dependencies.  Wait a second and retry
+		sleep 1
+		touch $f
+	    fi
+	fi
+    done
+}
+
+
+# This functions applies a patch to an existing tree.
+apply_patch () {
+    if [ -f $1 ]; then
+	echo "Applying patch file $1"
+	case "$1" in
+	*gz)
+	    gzip -d -c $1 | patch -p1 ;;
+	*)
+	    cat $1 | patch -p1 ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    echo "Adjusting file timestamps"
+    touch_files
+}
+
+# Check whether this indeed looks like a local tree.
+if [ ! -f gcc/version.c ]; then
+    echo "This does not seem to be an egcs tree!"
+    exit
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+# First of all, check whether we are going to process a patch.
+--patch) 
+    if test "$#" != 2; then
+        echo "$1" expects only one argument >&2
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    apply_patch "${2}"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+--touch)
+    if test "$#" != 1; then
+        echo "$1" does not expect any argument >&2
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    touch_files
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+--list)
+    if test "$#" != 1; then
+        echo "$1" does not expect any argument >&2
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    files_and_dependencies | sed 's/ /: /'
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+--help)
+    sed -e '1,2d' -e '/^UPDATE_OPTIONS=/{i\
+\
+
+p
+}' \
+	-e '/^$/,$d' -e 's/#//' -e 's/^ //' < $0
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Check whether this indeed looks like a local CVS tree.
+if [ ! -d CVS ]; then
+    echo "This does not seem to be an egcs CVS tree!"
+    exit
+fi
+
+# Check command-line options
+if [ x"${1}"x = x"--nostdflags"x ]; then
+    shift
+else
+    set -- $UPDATE_OPTIONS ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+echo "Updating CVS tree"
+cvs -q update ${1+"$@"}
+if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then 
+    echo "CVS update of full tree failed." >&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "Adjusting file timestamps"
+touch_files

gcc/contrib/gperf-2.7-19981006.pat

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+Tue Oct  6 16:18:10 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* key-list.cc (output_keyword_blank_entries): Output
+ 	get_fill_default() in the blank entries of keywords as a trailing
+	list of initializers.
+
+	* options.cc: Add support for fill_default.
+
+	* options.h: Likewise.
+	
+	* options.icc: Likewise.
+
+	* version.cc: Update to indicate forked version.
+
+
+diff -rup orig/gperf-2.7/src/key-list.cc gperf-2.7/src/key-list.cc
+--- orig/gperf-2.7/src/key-list.cc	Wed Apr 15 18:02:51 1998
++++ gperf-2.7/src/key-list.cc	Tue Oct  6 15:38:54 1998
+@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ output_keyword_blank_entries (int count,
+             printf (", ");
+         }
+       if (option[TYPE])
+-        printf ("{\"\"}");
++        printf ("{\"\"%s}", option.get_fill_default());
+       else
+         printf ("\"\"");
+       column++;
+diff -rup orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.cc gperf-2.7/src/options.cc
+--- orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.cc	Sat May  2 06:35:16 1998
++++ gperf-2.7/src/options.cc	Tue Oct  6 15:20:03 1998
+@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ static const int DEFAULT_JUMP_VALUE = 5;
+ /* Default name for generated lookup function. */
+ static const char *const DEFAULT_NAME = "in_word_set";
+ 
++/* Default filler for keyword table. */
++static const char *const DEFAULT_FILL = "";
++
+ /* Default name for the key component. */
+ static const char *const DEFAULT_KEY = "name";
+ 
+@@ -66,6 +69,7 @@ int Options::argument_count;
+ int Options::iterations;
+ char **Options::argument_vector;
+ const char *Options::function_name;
++const char *Options::fill_default;
+ const char *Options::key_name;
+ const char *Options::class_name;
+ const char *Options::hash_name;
+@@ -265,6 +269,7 @@ Options::Options (void)
+   jump                = DEFAULT_JUMP_VALUE;
+   option_word         = DEFAULTCHARS | C;
+   function_name       = DEFAULT_NAME;
++  fill_default        = DEFAULT_FILL;
+   key_name            = DEFAULT_KEY;
+   hash_name           = DEFAULT_HASH_NAME;
+   wordlist_name       = DEFAULT_WORDLIST_NAME;
+@@ -306,6 +311,7 @@ Options::~Options (void)
+                "\nSEVENBIT is....: %s"
+                "\niterations = %d"
+                "\nlookup function name = %s"
++               "\nfill default = %s"
+                "\nhash function name = %s"
+                "\nword list name = %s"
+                "\nkey name = %s"
+@@ -336,7 +342,7 @@ Options::~Options (void)
+                option_word & INCLUDE ? "enabled" : "disabled",
+                option_word & SEVENBIT ? "enabled" : "disabled",
+                iterations,
+-               function_name, hash_name, wordlist_name, key_name,
++               function_name, fill_default, hash_name, wordlist_name, key_name,
+                jump, size - 1, initial_asso_value, delimiters, total_switches);
+       if (option_word & ALLCHARS)
+         fprintf (stderr, "all characters are used in the hash function\n");
+@@ -379,6 +385,7 @@ static const struct option long_options[
+   { "compare-strlen", no_argument, 0, 'l' },
+   { "duplicates", no_argument, 0, 'D' },
+   { "fast", required_argument, 0, 'f' },
++  { "fill-default", required_argument, 0, 'F' },
+   { "initial-asso", required_argument, 0, 'i' },
+   { "jump", required_argument, 0, 'j' },
+   { "no-strlen", no_argument, 0, 'n' },
+@@ -403,7 +410,7 @@ Options::operator() (int argc, char *arg
+ 
+   while ((option_char =
+             getopt_long (argument_count, argument_vector,
+-                         "adcCDe:Ef:gGhH:i:Ij:k:K:lL:nN:oprs:S:tTvW:Z:7",
++                         "adcCDe:Ef:F:gGhH:i:Ij:k:K:lL:nN:oprs:S:tTvW:Z:7",
+                          long_options, (int *)0))
+          != -1)
+     {
+@@ -575,6 +582,11 @@ Options::operator() (int argc, char *arg
+         case 'N':               /* Make generated lookup function name be optarg */
+           {
+             function_name = /*getopt*/optarg;
++            break;
++          }
++        case 'F':               /* Make fill_default be optarg */
++          {
++            fill_default = /*getopt*/optarg;
+             break;
+           }
+         case 'o':               /* Order input by frequency of key set occurrence. */
+diff -rup orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.h gperf-2.7/src/options.h
+--- orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.h	Tue Apr 14 06:55:28 1998
++++ gperf-2.7/src/options.h	Tue Oct  6 15:12:46 1998
+@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ public:
+   static int          initial_value (void);
+   static int          get_total_switches (void);
+   static const char  *get_function_name (void);
++  static const char  *get_fill_default (void);
+   static const char  *get_key_name (void);
+   static const char  *get_class_name (void);
+   static const char  *get_hash_name (void);
+@@ -115,6 +116,7 @@ private:
+   static int          iterations;                         /* Amount to iterate when a collision occurs. */
+   static char       **argument_vector;                    /* Stores a pointer to command-line vector. */
+   static const char  *function_name;                      /* Names used for generated lookup function. */
++  static const char  *fill_default;                       /* Expression used to assign default values in keyword table. */
+   static const char  *key_name;                           /* Name used for keyword key. */
+   static const char  *class_name;                         /* Name used for generated C++ class. */
+   static const char  *hash_name;                          /* Name used for generated hash function. */
+diff -rup orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.icc gperf-2.7/src/options.icc
+--- orig/gperf-2.7/src/options.icc	Sat Mar 21 07:51:17 1998
++++ gperf-2.7/src/options.icc	Tue Oct  6 15:27:36 1998
+@@ -110,6 +110,14 @@ Options::get_function_name (void)
+   return function_name;
+ }
+ 
++/* Returns the fill default. */
++INLINE const char *
++Options::get_fill_default (void)
++{
++  T (Trace t ("Options::get_fill_default");)
++  return fill_default;
++}
++
+ /* Returns the keyword key name. */
+ INLINE const char *
+ Options::get_key_name (void)
+diff -rup orig/gperf-2.7/src/version.cc gperf-2.7/src/version.cc
+--- orig/gperf-2.7/src/version.cc	Sat May  2 06:29:43 1998
++++ gperf-2.7/src/version.cc	Tue Oct  6 16:04:56 1998
+@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ You should have received a copy of the G
+ along with GNU GPERF; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.  */
+ 
+-const char *version_string = "2.7";
++const char *version_string = "2.7.1 (19981006 egcs)";

gcc/contrib/index-prop

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#! /usr/bin/perl -wi
+# Fix up the output of cvs diff -c so that it works with patch.
+# We do this by propagating the full pathname from the Index: line
+# into the diff itself.
+#
+# Thrown together by Jason Merrill <jason@cygnus.com>
+
+while (<>)
+{
+  if (/^Index: (.*)/) 
+    {
+      $full = $1;
+      print;
+      for (1..7)
+	{
+	  $_ = <>;
+	  s/ [^\t]+\t/ $full\t/;
+	  print;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print;
+    }
+}

gcc/contrib/test_installed

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation
+# Originally by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+# This script is Free Software, and it can be copied, distributed and
+# modified as defined in the GNU General Public License.  A copy of
+# its license can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+
+# This scripts assumes it lives in the contrib directory of the egcs
+# source tree, so it will find the testsuite tree from its location.
+# If you move it elsewhere, or want to use another testsuite tree, you
+# can override the defaults with --srcdir=/some/dir/egcs or
+# --testsuite=/some/dir/egcs/gcc/testsuite.  If you specify
+# --testsuite, --srcdir will be ignored; otherwise, `/gcc/testsuite'
+# will be appended to the srcdir.
+
+# You may specify where the binaries to be tested should be picked up
+# from.  If you specify --prefix=/some/dir, gcc, g++ and g77 will be
+# looked for at /some/dir/bin.  Each one may be overridden by
+# specifying --with-gcc=/pathname/to/gcc, --with-g++=/pathname/to/g++
+# and --with-g77=/pathname/to/g77.  If you specify --without-gcc,
+# --without-g++ or --without-g77, the test for the specified program
+# will be skipped.  By default, gcc, g++ and g77 will be searched in
+# the PATH.
+
+# An additional argument may specify --tmpdir=/some/dir; by default,
+# temporaries will be stored in the current directory, where the log
+# files will be stored.
+
+# The script will interpret arguments until it finds one it does not
+# understand.  The remaining ones will be passed to `runtest'.  A
+# double-dash can be used to explicitly separate the arguments to
+# `test_installed' from the ones to `runtest'.
+
+# This script should be run in an empty directory; it will refuse to
+# run if it finds a file named site.exp in the current directory.
+
+
+if test -f site.exp; then
+    echo site.exp already exists >&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+while true; do
+  case "$1" in
+  --with-testsuite=*) testsuite=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+  --srcdir=*) srcdir=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+
+  --prefix=*) prefix=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+  --with-gcc=*) GCC_UNDER_TEST=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+  --with-g++=*) GXX_UNDER_TEST=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+  --with-g77=*) G77_UNDER_TEST=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+  --without-gcc) GCC_UNDER_TEST=no; shift;;
+  --without-g++) GXX_UNDER_TEST=no; shift;;
+  --without-g77) G77_UNDER_TEST=no; shift;;
+
+  --tmpdir=*) tmpdir=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[^=]*=//'`; shift;;
+
+  --help) cat <<\EOF
+Runs the testsuite for an installed version of gcc/g++/g77
+Copyright (C) 1998  Free Software Foundation
+by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+Supported arguments:
+
+--help                        prints this page
+
+--with-testsuite=/some/dir/gcc/testsuite   specify the testsuite directory
+--srcdir=/some/dir            same as --with-testsuite=/some/dir/gcc/testsuite
+                              [deduced from shell-script pathname]
+
+--prefix=/some/dir            use gcc, g++ and g77 from /some/dir/bin [PATH]
+--with-gcc=/some/dir/bin/gcc  use specified gcc program [gcc]
+--with-g++=/some/dir/bin/g++  use specified g++ program [g++]
+--with-g77=/some/dir/bin/g77  use specified g77 program [g77]
+--without-gcc                 do not run gcc testsuite
+--without-g++                 do not run g++ testsuite
+--without-g77                 do not run g77 testsuite
+
+--tmpdir=/some/dir            create temporaries and leave failed programs
+                              at specified directory [.]
+
+--   end of argument list; following arguments are passed to runtest
+EOF
+    exit
+  ;;
+  
+  --) shift; break;;
+  *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+  
+if test x"${testsuite+set}" != x"set" && test x"${srcdir+set}" != x"set"; then
+  file=$0
+  while [ -h $file ]; do
+    file=`ls -l $file | sed s/'.* -> '//`
+  done
+  srcdir=`CDPATH=. && cd \`echo "$file" | sed 's,/*[^/]*$,,;s,^$,.,'\`/.. >/dev/null && pwd`
+fi
+
+cat >site.exp <<EOF
+set tmpdir "${tmpdir-`pwd`}"
+set srcdir "${testsuite-${srcdir}/gcc/testsuite}"
+set GCC_UNDER_TEST "${GCC_UNDER_TEST-${prefix}${prefix+/bin/}gcc}"
+set GXX_UNDER_TEST "${GXX_UNDER_TEST-${prefix}${prefix+/bin/}g++}"
+set G77_UNDER_TEST "${G77_UNDER_TEST-${prefix}${prefix+/bin/}g77}"
+EOF
+
+test x"${GCC_UNDER_TEST}" = x"no" || runtest --tool gcc ${1+"$@"}
+test x"${GXX_UNDER_TEST}" = x"no" || runtest --tool g++ ${1+"$@"}
+test x"${G77_UNDER_TEST}" = x"no" || runtest --tool g77 ${1+"$@"}
+
+exit 0

gcc/contrib/test_summary

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# (C) 1998-1999 Free Software Foundation
+# Originally by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>
+
+# This script is Free Software, and it can be copied, distributed and
+# modified as defined in the GNU General Public License.  A copy of
+# its license can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+
+# This script processes *.{sum,log} files, producing a shell-script
+# that sends e-mail to the appropriate lists and renames files to
+# *.sent.  It currently handles only gcc, but it should be quite easy
+# to modify it to handle other packages and its mailing lists.
+
+# The scripts assumes it is run in the root directory of the build
+# tree, and it will include all .sum files it finds in the mail
+# report.
+
+# configure flags are extracted from ./config.status
+
+# if the BOOT_CFLAGS environment variable is set, it will be included
+# in the mail report too.
+
+# The usage pattern of this script is as follows:
+
+# test_summary | more   # so as to observe what should be done
+
+# test_summary | sh     # so as to actually send e-mail and move log files
+
+# It accepts a few command line arguments.  For example:
+# -o: re-reads logs that have been mailed already (.sum.sent)
+# -t: prevents logs from being renamed
+# -p: prepend specified file (or list of files: -p "a b") to the report
+# -i: append specified file (or list of files: -i "a b") to the report
+# -m: specify the e-mail address to send notes to.  An appropriate default
+#     should be selected from the log files.
+# -f: force reports to be mailed; if omitted, only reports that differ
+#     from the sent.* version are sent.
+
+# Find a good awk.
+if test -z "$AWK" ; then
+  for AWK in gawk nawk awk ; do
+    if type $AWK 2>&1 | grep 'not found' > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+      :
+    else
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+
+: ${filesuffix=}; export fileprefix
+: ${move=true}; export move
+: ${forcemail=false}; export forcemail
+while true; do
+    case "$1" in 
+      -o) filesuffix=.sent; move=false; : ${mailto=nobody}; shift;;
+      -t) move=false; shift;;
+      -p) prepend_logs=${prepend_logs+"$prepend_logs "}"$2"; shift 2;;
+      -i) append_logs=${append_logs+"$append_logs "}"$2"; shift 2;;
+      -m) mailto=$2; forcemail=true; shift 2;;
+      -f) unset mailto; forcemail=true; shift;;
+      *) break;;
+    esac
+done
+: ${mailto="\" address \""}; export mailto
+files=`find . -name \*.sum$filesuffix -print`
+anyfile=false anychange=$forcemail &&
+for file in $files; do
+    [ -f $file ] &&
+    anyfile=true &&
+    { $anychange ||
+      anychange=`diff -u $file.sent $file 2>/dev/null |
+	if test ! -f $file.sent ||
+	   egrep '^[-+](XPASS|FAIL)' >/dev/null; then
+	    echo true
+	else
+	    echo false
+	fi
+      `
+    }
+    true
+done &&
+$anyfile &&
+if $forcemail || $anychange; then :; else mailto=nobody; fi &&
+$AWK '
+BEGIN {
+  lang="";
+  address="gcc-testresults@gcc.gnu.org";
+  version="gcc";
+  print "cat <<\EOF |";
+'${prepend_logs+"  system(\"cat $prepend_logs\"); "}'
+}
+$1 ~ /\/configure$/ { $1 = "configure flags:"; configflags = $0 }
+/^Running target / { print ""; print; }
+/^Target / { if (host != "") next; else host = $3; }
+/^Native / { if (host != "") next; else host = $4; }
+/^[ 	]*=== [^ 	]+ tests ===/ {
+  if (lang == "") lang = " "$2" "; else lang = " ";
+}
+/--disable-haifa/ { prefix="haifa-disabled "; }
+/--enable-haifa/ { prefix="haifa-enabled "; }
+$2 == "version" { save = $0; $1 = ""; $2 = ""; version = $0; gsub(/^ */, "", version); gsub(/\r$/, "", version); $0 = save; }
+/\===.*Summary/ { print ""; print; blanks=1; }
+/tests ===/ || /^(Target|Host|Native)/ || $2 == "version" { print; blanks=1; }
+/^(XPASS|FAIL|# of )/ { print; }
+# dumpall != 0 && /^X?(PASS|FAIL|UNTESTED)|^testcase/ { dumpall=0; }
+# dumpall != 0 { print; }
+# /^FAIL/ { dumpall=1; }
+/^$/ && blanks>0 { print; --blanks; }
+END { if (lang != "") {
+  print "";
+  print "Compiler version: " prefix version lang;
+  print "Platform: " host;
+  print configflags;
+  '${BOOT_CFLAGS+'print "BOOT_CFLAGS='"${BOOT_CFLAGS}"'";'}'
+  if (boot_cflags != 0) print boot_cflags;
+'${append_logs+"  system(\"cat $append_logs\"); "}'
+  print "EOF";
+  print "Mail -s \"Results for " prefix version lang "testsuite on " host "\" '"${mailto}"' &&";
+}}
+{ next; }
+' ./config.status $files | sed "s/\([\`\$\\\\]\)/\\\\\\1/g" &&
+if $move; then
+    for file in $files `ls -1 $files | sed s/sum$/log/`; do
+      [ -f $file ] && echo "mv `pwd`/$file `pwd`/$file.sent &&"
+    done
+fi &&
+echo true
+exit 0

gcc/contrib/warn_summary

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script parses the output of a gcc bootstrap when using warning
+# flags and determines various statistics.
+# 
+# usage: warn_summary [-llf] [-s stage] [-nosub|-ch|-cp|-f|-java]
+# 	[-pass|-wpass] [file(s)]
+#
+# -llf
+# Filter out long lines from the bootstap output before any other
+# action.  This is useful for systems with broken awks/greps which choke
+# on long lines.  It is not done by default as it sometimes slows things
+# down.
+#
+# -s number
+# Take warnings from stage "Number".  Stage 0 means show warnings from
+# before and after the gcc bootstrap directory.  E.g. libraries, etc.
+# This presupposes using "gcc -W*" for the stage1 compiler.
+#
+# -nosub
+# Only show warnings from the gcc top level directory.
+# -ch|-cp|-f|-java
+# Only show warnings from the specified language subdirectory.
+# These flags assume the output contains "Entering/Leaving" messages from
+# gnu make.  They override each other so only the last one takes effect.
+#
+# -pass
+# Pass through the bootstrap output after filtering stage and subdir
+# (useful for manual inspection.)  This is all lines, not just warnings.
+# -wpass
+# Pass through only warnings from the bootstrap output after filtering
+# stage and subdir.
+#
+# By Kaveh Ghazi  (ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu)  12/13/97.
+
+
+# Some awks choke on long lines, sed seems to do a better job.
+# Truncate lines > 255 characters.  RE '.\{255,\}' doesn't seem to work. :-(
+# Only do this if -llf was specified, because it can really slow things down.
+longLineFilter()
+{
+  if test -z "$llf" ; then
+    cat $1
+  else
+    sed 's/^\(...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................\).*/\1/' $1
+  fi
+}
+
+# This function does one of three things.  It either passes through
+# all warning data, or passes through gcc toplevel warnings, or passes
+# through a particular subdirectory set of warnings.
+subdirectoryFilter()
+{
+  longLineFilter $1 | (
+  if test -z "$filter" ; then
+    # Pass through all lines.
+    cat
+  else
+    if test "$filter" = nosub ; then
+      # Omit all subdirectories.
+      $AWK 'BEGIN{t=1} ; /Entering directory.*\/gcc\/[a-z]/{t--} ; /Leaving directory.*\/gcc\/[a-z]/{t++} ; {if(t==1)print}'
+    else
+      # Pass through only subdir $filter.
+      $AWK "BEGIN {t=-1} ; /^cd $filter; make/{t=0} ; /Entering directory .*\/gcc\/$filter/{t++} ; /Leaving directory .*\/gcc\/$filter/{t--} ; {if(t==1)print}"
+    fi
+  fi )
+}
+
+# This function displays all lines from stageN of the bootstrap.  If
+# stage==0, then show lines prior to stage1 and lines from after the last
+# stage.  I.e. utilities, libraries, etc.
+stageNfilter()
+{
+  if test "$stageN" -lt 1 ; then
+    # stage "0" means check everything *but* gcc.
+    $AWK "BEGIN{t=1} ; /^Bootstrapping the compiler/{t=0} ; /^Building runtime libraries/{t=1} ; {if(t==1)print}"
+  else
+    if test "$stageN" -eq 1 ; then
+      $AWK "/^Bootstrapping the compiler|^Building the C and C\+\+ compiler/{t=1} ; /stage$stageN/{t=0} ; {if(t==1)print}"
+    else
+      stageNminus1=`expr $stageN - 1`
+      $AWK "/stage$stageNminus1/{t=1} ; /stage$stageN/{t=0} ; {if(t==1)print}"
+    fi
+  fi
+}
+
+# This function displays lines containing warnings.
+warningFilter()
+{
+  grep ' warning: ' $1
+}
+
+# This function replaces `xxx' with `???', where xxx is usually some
+# variable or function name.  This allows similar warnings to be
+# counted together when summarizing.  However it avoids replacing
+# certain C keywords which are known appear in various messages.
+
+keywordFilter() {
+  sed 's/.*warning: //; 
+	s/`\(int\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(long\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(char\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(inline\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(else\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(return\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(static\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(extern\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(const\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(noreturn\)'"'"'/"\1"/g;
+	s/`\(longjmp\)'"'"' or `\(vfork\)'"'"'/"\1" or "\2"/g;
+	s/`'"[^']*'/"'`???'"'/g;"'
+	s/.*format, .* arg (arg [0-9][0-9]*)/??? format, ??? arg (arg ???)/;
+	s/\([( ]\)arg [0-9][0-9]*\([) ]\)/\1arg ???\2/;
+	s/"\([^"]*\)"/`\1'"'"'/g'
+}
+
+
+# Start the main section.
+
+usage="usage: `basename $0` [-llf] [-s stage] [-nosub|-ch|-cp|-f|-java] [-pass|-wpass] [file(s)]"
+stageN=3
+tmpfile=/tmp/tmp-warn.$$
+
+# Remove $tmpfile on exit and various signals.
+trap "rm -f $tmpfile" 0
+trap "rm -f $tmpfile ; exit 1" 1 2 3 5 9 13 15
+
+# Find a good awk.
+if test -z "$AWK" ; then
+  for AWK in gawk nawk awk ; do
+    if type $AWK 2>&1 | grep 'not found' > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+      :
+    else
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+
+# Parse command line arguments.
+while test -n "$1" ; do
+ case "$1" in
+   -llf) llf=1 ; shift ;;
+   -s)  if test -z "$2"; then echo $usage; exit 1; fi; stageN="$2"; shift 2 ;;
+   -s*) stageN="`expr $1 : '-s\(.*\)'`" ; shift ;;
+   -nosub|-ch|-cp|-f|-java) filter="`expr $1 : '-\(.*\)'`" ; shift ;;
+   -pass) pass=1 ; shift ;;
+   -wpass) pass=w ; shift ;;
+   -*)  echo $usage ; exit 1 ;;
+   *)   break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Check for a valid value of $stageN.
+case "$stageN" in
+  [0-9]) ;;
+  *) echo "Stage <$stageN> must be in the range [0..9]." ; exit 1 ;;
+esac
+
+for file in "$@" ; do
+
+  subdirectoryFilter $file | stageNfilter > $tmpfile
+
+  # (Just) show me the warnings.
+  if test "$pass" != '' ; then
+    if test "$pass" = w ; then
+      warningFilter $tmpfile
+    else
+      cat $tmpfile
+    fi
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$filter" ; then
+    echo "Counting all warnings,"
+  else
+    if test "$filter" = nosub ; then
+      echo "Counting non-subdirectory warnings,"
+    else
+      echo "Counting warnings in the gcc/$filter subdirectory,"
+    fi
+  fi
+  count=`warningFilter $tmpfile | wc -l`
+  echo there are $count warnings in stage$stageN of this bootstrap.
+
+  echo
+  echo Number of warnings per file:
+  warningFilter $tmpfile | $AWK -F: '{print$1}' | sort | uniq -c | sort -nr
+
+  echo
+  echo Number of warning types:
+  warningFilter $tmpfile | keywordFilter | sort | uniq -c | sort -nr
+
+done

gcc/etc/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+Fri Mar 16 12:46:19 GMT 2001 Bernd Schmidt  (bernds@redhat.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.3 Released.
+
+2001-01-11  Bernd Schmidt  <bernds@redhat.co.uk>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to FSF version of Jan 11.
+
+2000-05-18  Martin von Loewis  <loewis@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to FSF version of May 13.
+
+Sun Oct 24 23:54:10 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.2 Released.
+
+Mon Aug 16 01:29:24 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95.1 Released.
+
+Wed Jul 28 21:39:31 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Sun Jul 25 23:40:51 PDT 1999 Jeff Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gcc-2.95 Released.
+
+Mon Nov 23 16:46:10 1998  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	*  configure.in: Use AC_PREREQ(2.12.1).
+
+Thu May 14 14:43:10 1998  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document dlltool support of
+	interworking. 
+
+Thu May  7 16:49:38 1998  Jason Molenda  (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Remove references to TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY,
+	and GDBTK_FILENAME.
+
+Wed Apr  1 17:11:44 1998  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document ARM/thumb interworking. 
+
+Tue Mar 31 15:28:20 1998  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
+	* Makefile.in (standards.info): Depend upon make-std.texi.
+
+Tue Mar 24 16:13:26 1998  Stu Grossman  <grossman@bhuna.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* configure:  Regenerate with autoconf 2.12.1 to fix shell issues
+	for NT native builds. 
+
+Mon Mar  9 16:41:04 1998  Doug Evans  <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree (binprogs): Add objcopy.
+
+Tue Feb 24 18:11:58 1998  Doug Evans  <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree: as.new -> as-new, ld.new -> ld-new
+	nm.new -> nm-new.  Make symlinks to crt*.o.
+
+Fri Nov 21 12:54:58 1997  Manfred Hollstein <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add --no-split argument to avoid creating files
+	with names longer than 14 characters.
+
+Tue Oct  7 16:27:34 1997  Manfred Hollstein  <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+        * aclocal.m4: Substitute INSTALL.
+        * configure: Re-built.
+
+Thu Sep 25 13:13:11 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@pern.cygnus.com)
+
+	* intro.texi: Add closing ifset.
+
+Mon Sep 15 22:53:01 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* aclocal.m4: New file with replacement for AC_PROG_INSTALL.
+	* configure.in: Use EGCS_PROG_INSTALL.
+
+Mon Sep  1 10:31:32 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Move setting HOST and TARGET to the beginning
+	of the file for editing convenience.
+
+Mon Sep  1 10:28:37 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in.: More friendly options/messages when extracting
+	from a file instead of a tape device.
+
+Tue Jun 17 15:50:23 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Add /usr/bsd to PATH for Irix (home of compress)
+
+Thu Jun 12 13:47:00 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in (show_exec_prefix_msg): fix quoting
+
+Wed Jun  4 15:31:43 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* rebuilding.texi: Removed.
+
+Sat May 24 18:02:20 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cross-tools-fix:  Remove host check since it doesn't matter
+	for this case.
+	* Install.in (guess_system): clean up more unused hosts.
+	* Install.in, cross-tools-fix, comp-tools-fix, comp-tools-verify:
+	Hack for host check to not warn the user for certain cases.
+
+Fri May 23 23:46:10 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: Remove a lot of unused code
+	* Install.in: Remove reference to TAPEdflt, use variables instead of
+	string substitution when able.
+
+Fri Apr 11 17:25:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Change file named in AC_INIT to Makefile.in.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr 11 18:12:42 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Back out change to INSTALLHOST to
+	call all IRIX systems "mips-sgi-irix4"
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove references to configure.texi and cfg-paper.texi.
+
+Thu Apr 10 23:26:45 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* srctree.texi, emacs-relnotes.texi, cfg-paper.texi: Remove.
+	* Install.in: Remove Ultrix-specific hacks.
+	Update Cygnus phone numbers.
+	(guess_system): Remove some old systems (Ultrix, OSF1 v1 & 2,
+	m68k-HPUX, m68k SunOS, etc.)
+	(show_gnu_root_msg): Remove.
+	Removed all the remove option code.
+
+Thu Apr 10 23:23:33 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.man, configure.texi: Remote.
+
+Mon Apr  7 18:15:00 1997  Brendan Kehoe <brendan@cygnus.com>
+
+        * Fix the version string for OSF1 4.0 to recognize either
+        V4.* or X4.*
+
+Mon Apr  7 15:34:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:19:31 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Install.in (show_exec_prefix_msg): GDBTK_FILENAME to
+	GDBTK_LIBRARY, also update TCL_LIBRARY and TK_LIBRARY.
+
+Tue Nov 19 15:36:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree: New file.
+
+Wed Oct 23 00:34:07 1996  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Lots of patches from progressive...
+ 	* Install.in: restore DDOPTS for AIX 4.x
+ 	* Install.in, subst-strings: add case for DG Aviion
+ 	* subst-strings: fix typo in INSTALLdir var setting
+ 	* comp-tools-verify: set SHLIB_PATH for shared libs
+ 	* Install.in, subst-strings:  add case for solaris2.5
+ 	* Install.in: fix regression for hppa1.1 check
+ 	* comp-tools-fix: set LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+ 	* comp-tools-fix: If fixincludes fixes /usr/include/limits.h,
+ 	install it as syslimits.h.
+
+Wed Oct 16 19:20:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Treat powerpc-ibm-aix4.1 the same as
+	rs6000-ibm-aix4.1, since the compiler now uses common mode by
+	default.
+
+Wed Oct  2 15:39:07 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.in (AC_PROG_INSTALL): Added.
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.cache.
+
+Wed Oct  2 14:33:58 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.in: Switch to autoconf configure.in.
+	* configure: New.
+	* Makefile.in: Use autoconf-substituted values.
+
+Tue Jun 25 18:56:08 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (datadir): Changed to $(prefix)/share.
+
+Fri Mar 29 11:38:01 1996  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.man: Changed to be recognized by catman -w on Solaris.
+
+Wed Dec  6 15:40:28 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* comp-tools-fix (fixincludes): Define FIXPROTO_DEFINES from
+	.../install-tools/fixproto-defines.
+
+Sun Nov 12 19:31:27 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* comp-tools-verify (verify_cxx_initializers): delete argv,
+	argc declarations, add -static to compile line.
+	(verify_cxx_hello_world): delete argv, argc declarations, add
+	-static to compile line.
+
+Wed Sep 20 13:21:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target, synonym for
+	realclean.
+
+Thu Sep 14 17:19:58 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (show_exec_prefix_msg): print out paths for
+	TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY and GDBTK_FILENAME.
+
+Mon Aug 28 17:25:49 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (PATH):  add /usr/ucb to $PATH (for SunOS 4.1.x).
+
+Tue Aug 15 21:51:58 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Match OSF/1 v3.x as the same as 
+        v2.x--v2.x binaries are upward compatible.
+
+Tue Aug 15 21:46:54 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): recognize HP 9000/800 systems as the
+	same as HP 9000/700 systems.
+
+Tue Aug  8 13:11:56 1995  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in: For emacs, run show_emacs_alternate_msg and exit.
+	(show_emacs_alternate_msg): New message saying how emacs can't be
+	installed in an alternate prefix.
+
+Thu Jun  8 00:42:56 1995  Angela Marie Thomas  <angela@cirdan.cygnus.com>
+
+        * subst-strings: change du commands to $BINDIR/. & $SRCDIR/. just
+        in case they are symlinks.
+
+Tue Apr 18 14:23:10 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cdk-fix: Extracted table of targets that don't need their
+	  headers fixed from gcc's configure script.
+
+	* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: Use ${HOST} instead of ||HOSTstr||
+
+	* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: New files, install script fragments used
+	  for Cygnus Developer's Kit.
+
+	* Install.in (do_mkdir): New function.
+
+	* Install.in: Added support for --with and --without options.
+	  Changed so that tape commands are not run when extracting 
+	  from a file.
+	  (do_mt): Changed to take only one argument.
+
+Wed Mar 29 11:16:38 1995  Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: catch UNAME==alpha-dec-osf2.x and correct entry for
+	alpha-dec-osf1.x
+	
+Fri Jan 27 12:04:29 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* subst-strings (mips-sgi-irix5): New entry in table.
+
+Thu Jan 19 12:15:44 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in: Major rewrite, bundle dependent code (for example,
+	  fixincludes for comp-tools) will be inserted into the Install
+	  script when it is generated.
+
+Tue Jan 17 16:51:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Rebuild using $(SHELL).
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:30:33 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Depend on info.
+
+Fri Aug 19 16:16:38 1994  Jason Molenda     (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: set $FIX_HEADER so fixproto can find fix-header.
+
+Fri May  6 16:18:58 1994  Jason Molenda     (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): add a semicolon in the if statement.
+
+Fri Apr 29 16:56:07 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cfg-paper.texi: Update some outdated information.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Pass file, not directory, as last
+	arg to INSTALL_DATA.
+	(uninstall): New target.
+
+Thu Apr 28 14:42:22 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.texi: Comment out @smallbook.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Define TEXI2DVI and TEXIDIR, and use the latter.
+	Remove info files in realclean, not clean, per coding standards.
+	Remove TeX output in clean.
+
+Tue Apr 26 17:18:03 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in:  fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
+        but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log.  This is the same
+	messages as I logged in March 4 1994, but for some reason we found
+	the change hadn't been done.  I'll have to dig through the logs
+	and find out what I really did do that day. :)
+
+Mon Apr 25 20:28:19 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in:  use eval to call do_mt() for Ultrix brokenness.
+
+Mon Apr 25 20:00:00 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in(do_mt): exit with error status 1 if # of parameters
+	!= 3.
+
+Mon Apr 25 19:42:36 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in:  lose TAPE_FORWARD and TAPE_REWIND, add do_mt()
+	to do all tape movement operations.  Currently untested.  Addresses
+	PR # 4886 from bull.
+
+	* Install.in: add 1994 to the copyright thing.
+
+Fri Apr 22 19:05:13 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Fri Apr 22 15:46:10 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Add $DDOPTS, has ``bs=124b'' for all systems except
+	AIX (some versions of AIX don't understand bs=124b.  Silly OS).
+
+Mon Apr  4 22:55:05 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: null out $TOOLS before adding stuff to it
+	non-destructively.
+
+Wed Mar 30 21:45:35 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Fix typo.
+
+	* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --disable-.
+
+Mon Mar 28 13:22:15 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Sat Mar 26 09:21:44 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Fri Mar 25 22:59:45 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --enable-* options.
+
+Wed Mar 23 23:38:24 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: set CPP to be gcc -E for fixincludes.
+
+Wed Mar 23 13:42:48 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in: set PATH to $PATH:/bin:/usr/bin so we can pick
+        up native tools even if the user doesn't have them in his
+        path.
+
+        * Install.in: ``hppa-1.1-hp-hpux'' -> ``hppa1.1-hp-hpux''.
+
+Tue Mar 15 22:09:20 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+        
+        * Install.in: TAPE_REWIND and TAPE_FORWARD variables for Unixunaware,
+        added switch statement to detect if system is Unixunaware.
+
+Fri Mar  4 12:10:30 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in:  fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
+        but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log.
+
+Wed Nov  3 02:58:02 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings:  output TEXBUNDLE for more install notes matching
+	* install-texi.in:  PRMS info now exists
+
+Tue Oct 26 16:57:12 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: match solaris*.  Also, add default case to catch
+	  and error out for unrecognized systems.
+
+Thu Aug 19 18:21:31 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: handle the new fixproto work
+
+Mon Jul 19 12:05:41 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: remove "MT=tctl" for AIX (not needed, and barely
+	worked anyway)
+
+Mon Jun 14 19:09:22 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: changed HOST to recognize Solaris for install notes
+
+Thu Jun 10 16:01:25 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dos-inst.texi:  new file.
+
+Wed Jun  9 19:23:59 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+        * install-texi.in:        added conditionals (nearly complete)
+                                  cleaned up
+                                  added support for other releases (not done)
+
+Wed Jun  9 15:53:58 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Use INSTALL_DATA.
+	({dist,real}clean): Also delete Makefile and config.status.
+
+Fri Jun  4 17:09:56 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings:  added data for OS_STRING
+
+	* subst-strings:  added support for OS_STRING
+
+Thu Jun  3 00:37:01 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: pull COPYING and COPYING.LIB off of the tape 
+
+Tue Jun  1 16:52:08 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: replace RELEASE_DIR too
+
+Mon Mar 22 23:55:27 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add installcheck target
+
+Wed Mar 17 02:21:15 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: fix 'source only' extraction bug where it looked for
+	the src dir under H-<host>/src instead of src; also remove stray
+	reference to EMACSHIBIN
+
+Mon Mar 15 01:25:45 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* make-stds.texi: added 'installcheck' to the standard targets
+
+Tue Mar  9 19:48:28 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY, updated version from the FSF
+
+Tue Feb  9 12:40:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (standards.info): Added -I$(srcdir) to find
+	make-stds.texi.
+
+Mon Feb  1 16:32:56 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: updated to latest FSF version, which includes:
+
+	* make-stds.texi: new file
+
+Mon Nov 30 01:31:40 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* install-texi.in, relnotes.texi, intro.texi: changed Cygnus phone
+	numbers from the old Palo Alto ones to the new Mtn. View numbers
+
+Mon Nov 16 16:50:43 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: define $(RM) to "rm -f"
+
+Sun Oct 11 16:05:48 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* intro.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+

gcc/etc/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# 
+# Makefile.in for etc
+#
+
+prefix 		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix 	= @exec_prefix@
+
+srcdir  = @srcdir@
+VPATH	= @srcdir@
+
+bindir  = @bindir@
+libdir  = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(libdir)
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+mandir  = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL 	= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA    = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format documentation with TeX.
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+INFOFILES = standards.info
+DVIFILES = standards.dvi
+
+all:
+
+install:
+
+uninstall:
+
+info: $(INFOFILES)
+
+install-info: info
+	if test ! -f standards.info ; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
+	for i in standards.info*; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(infodir)/$$i; \
+	done
+
+dvi: $(DVIFILES)
+
+standards.info: $(srcdir)/standards.texi $(srcdir)/make-stds.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I$(srcdir) -o standards.info $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+standards.dvi: $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.log
+	rm -f *.pg *.pgs *.toc *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean:   clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache
+
+maintainer-clean realclean:   distclean
+	rm -f *.info*
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+## these last targets are for standards.texi conformance
+dist:
+check:
+installcheck:
+TAGS:

gcc/etc/aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+AC_DEFUN(EGCS_PROG_INSTALL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for a BSD compatible install)
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_install,
+[  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+])dnl
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+dnl We do special magic for INSTALL instead of AC_SUBST, to get
+dnl relative paths right.
+AC_MSG_RESULT($INSTALL)
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL)dnl
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PROGRAM)dnl
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA)dnl
+])

gcc/etc/configure

@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.1 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:554: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+

gcc/etc/configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_PREREQ(2.12.1)
+AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
+
+EGCS_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

gcc/etc/make-stds.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,931 @@
+@comment This file is included by both standards.texi and make.texinfo.
+@comment It was broken out of standards.texi on 1/6/93 by roland.
+
+@node Makefile Conventions
+@chapter Makefile Conventions
+@comment standards.texi does not print an index, but make.texinfo does.
+@cindex makefile, conventions for
+@cindex conventions for makefiles
+@cindex standards for makefiles
+
+This
+@ifinfo
+node
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@ifset CODESTD
+section
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+chapter
+@end ifclear
+@end iftex
+describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
+Using Automake will help you write a Makefile that follows these
+conventions.
+
+@menu
+* Makefile Basics::		General Conventions for Makefiles
+* Utilities in Makefiles::	Utilities in Makefiles
+* Command Variables::		Variables for Specifying Commands
+* Directory Variables::		Variables for Installation Directories
+* Standard Targets::		Standard Targets for Users
+* Install Command Categories::  Three categories of commands in the `install'
+                                  rule: normal, pre-install and post-install.
+@end menu
+
+@node Makefile Basics
+@section General Conventions for Makefiles
+
+Every Makefile should contain this line:
+
+@example
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+to avoid trouble on systems where the @code{SHELL} variable might be
+inherited from the environment.  (This is never a problem with GNU
+@code{make}.)
+
+Different @code{make} programs have incompatible suffix lists and
+implicit rules, and this sometimes creates confusion or misbehavior.  So
+it is a good idea to set the suffix list explicitly using only the
+suffixes you need in the particular Makefile, like this:
+
+@example
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The first line clears out the suffix list, the second introduces all
+suffixes which may be subject to implicit rules in this Makefile.
+
+Don't assume that @file{.} is in the path for command execution.  When
+you need to run programs that are a part of your package during the
+make, please make sure that it uses @file{./} if the program is built as
+part of the make or @file{$(srcdir)/} if the file is an unchanging part
+of the source code.  Without one of these prefixes, the current search
+path is used.
+
+The distinction between @file{./} (the @dfn{build directory}) and
+@file{$(srcdir)/} (the @dfn{source directory}) is important because
+users can build in a separate directory using the @samp{--srcdir} option
+to @file{configure}.  A rule of the form:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e sedscript foo.man > foo.1
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+will fail when the build directory is not the source directory, because
+@file{foo.man} and @file{sedscript} are in the source directory.
+
+When using GNU @code{make}, relying on @samp{VPATH} to find the source
+file will work in the case where there is a single dependency file,
+since the @code{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
+source file wherever it is.  (Many versions of @code{make} set @samp{$<}
+only in implicit rules.)  A Makefile target like
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c bar.c -o foo.o
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+should instead be written as
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+in order to allow @samp{VPATH} to work correctly.  When the target has
+multiple dependencies, using an explicit @samp{$(srcdir)} is the easiest
+way to make the rule work well.  For example, the target above for
+@file{foo.1} is best written as:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+GNU distributions usually contain some files which are not source
+files---for example, Info files, and the output from Autoconf, Automake,
+Bison or Flex.  Since these files normally appear in the source
+directory, they should always appear in the source directory, not in the
+build directory.  So Makefile rules to update them should put the
+updated files in the source directory.
+
+However, if a file does not appear in the distribution, then the
+Makefile should not put it in the source directory, because building a
+program in ordinary circumstances should not modify the source directory
+in any way.
+
+Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all their
+subtargets) work correctly with a parallel @code{make}.
+
+@node Utilities in Makefiles
+@section Utilities in Makefiles
+
+Write the Makefile commands (and any shell scripts, such as
+@code{configure}) to run in @code{sh}, not in @code{csh}.  Don't use any
+special features of @code{ksh} or @code{bash}.
+
+The @code{configure} script and the Makefile rules for building and
+installation should not use any utilities directly except these:
+
+@c dd find
+@c gunzip gzip md5sum
+@c mkfifo mknod tee uname 
+
+@example
+cat cmp cp diff echo egrep expr false grep install-info
+ln ls mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed sleep sort tar test touch true
+@end example
+
+The compression program @code{gzip} can be used in the @code{dist} rule.
+
+Stick to the generally supported options for these programs.  For
+example, don't use @samp{mkdir -p}, convenient as it may be, because
+most systems don't support it.
+
+It is a good idea to avoid creating symbolic links in makefiles, since a
+few systems don't support them.
+
+The Makefile rules for building and installation can also use compilers
+and related programs, but should do so via @code{make} variables so that the
+user can substitute alternatives.  Here are some of the programs we
+mean:
+
+@example
+ar bison cc flex install ld ldconfig lex
+make makeinfo ranlib texi2dvi yacc
+@end example
+
+Use the following @code{make} variables to run those programs:
+
+@example
+$(AR) $(BISON) $(CC) $(FLEX) $(INSTALL) $(LD) $(LDCONFIG) $(LEX)
+$(MAKE) $(MAKEINFO) $(RANLIB) $(TEXI2DVI) $(YACC)
+@end example
+
+When you use @code{ranlib} or @code{ldconfig}, you should make sure
+nothing bad happens if the system does not have the program in question.
+Arrange to ignore an error from that command, and print a message before
+the command to tell the user that failure of this command does not mean
+a problem.  (The Autoconf @samp{AC_PROG_RANLIB} macro can help with
+this.)
+
+If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for systems
+that don't have symbolic links.
+
+Additional utilities that can be used via Make variables are:
+
+@example
+chgrp chmod chown mknod
+@end example
+
+It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts)
+intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities
+exist.
+
+@node Command Variables
+@section Variables for Specifying Commands
+
+Makefiles should provide variables for overriding certain commands, options,
+and so on.
+
+In particular, you should run most utility programs via variables.
+Thus, if you use Bison, have a variable named @code{BISON} whose default
+value is set with @samp{BISON = bison}, and refer to it with
+@code{$(BISON)} whenever you need to use Bison.
+
+File management utilities such as @code{ln}, @code{rm}, @code{mv}, and
+so on, need not be referred to through variables in this way, since users
+don't need to replace them with other programs.
+
+Each program-name variable should come with an options variable that is
+used to supply options to the program.  Append @samp{FLAGS} to the
+program-name variable name to get the options variable name---for
+example, @code{BISONFLAGS}.  (The names @code{CFLAGS} for the C
+compiler, @code{YFLAGS} for yacc, and @code{LFLAGS} for lex, are
+exceptions to this rule, but we keep them because they are standard.)
+Use @code{CPPFLAGS} in any compilation command that runs the
+preprocessor, and use @code{LDFLAGS} in any compilation command that
+does linking as well as in any direct use of @code{ld}.
+
+If there are C compiler options that @emph{must} be used for proper
+compilation of certain files, do not include them in @code{CFLAGS}.
+Users expect to be able to specify @code{CFLAGS} freely themselves.
+Instead, arrange to pass the necessary options to the C compiler
+independently of @code{CFLAGS}, by writing them explicitly in the
+compilation commands or by defining an implicit rule, like this:
+
+@smallexample
+CFLAGS = -g
+ALL_CFLAGS = -I. $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+        $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+@end smallexample
+
+Do include the @samp{-g} option in @code{CFLAGS}, because that is not
+@emph{required} for proper compilation.  You can consider it a default
+that is only recommended.  If the package is set up so that it is
+compiled with GCC by default, then you might as well include @samp{-O}
+in the default value of @code{CFLAGS} as well.
+
+Put @code{CFLAGS} last in the compilation command, after other variables
+containing compiler options, so the user can use @code{CFLAGS} to
+override the others.
+
+@code{CFLAGS} should be used in every invocation of the C compiler,
+both those which do compilation and those which do linking.
+
+Every Makefile should define the variable @code{INSTALL}, which is the
+basic command for installing a file into the system.
+
+Every Makefile should also define the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM}
+and @code{INSTALL_DATA}.  (The default for @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} should
+be @code{$(INSTALL)}; the default for @code{INSTALL_DATA} should be
+@code{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.)  Then it should use those variables as the
+commands for actual installation, for executables and nonexecutables
+respectively.  Use these variables as follows:
+
+@example
+$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(bindir)/foo
+$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(libdir)/libfoo.a
+@end example
+
+Optionally, you may prepend the value of @code{DESTDIR} to the target
+filename.  Doing this allows the installer to create a snapshot of the
+installation to be copied onto the real target filesystem later.  Do not
+set the value of @code{DESTDIR} in your Makefile, and do not include it
+in any installed files.  With support for @code{DESTDIR}, the above
+examples become:
+
+@example
+$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/foo
+$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libfoo.a
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Always use a file name, not a directory name, as the second argument of
+the installation commands.  Use a separate command for each file to be
+installed.
+
+@node Directory Variables
+@section Variables for Installation Directories
+
+Installation directories should always be named by variables, so it is
+easy to install in a nonstandard place.  The standard names for these
+variables are described below.  They are based on a standard filesystem
+layout; variants of it are used in SVR4, 4.4BSD, GNU/Linux, Ultrix v4,
+and other modern operating systems.
+
+These two variables set the root for the installation.  All the other
+installation directories should be subdirectories of one of these two,
+and nothing should be directly installed into these two directories.
+
+@table @code
+@item prefix
+@vindex prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables listed
+below.  The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}.
+When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and
+@file{/usr} will be a symbolic link to @file{/}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@prefix@@}.)
+
+Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{prefix} from
+the one used to build the program should @emph{not} recompile the
+program.
+
+@item exec_prefix
+@vindex exec_prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the
+variables listed below.  The default value of @code{exec_prefix} should
+be @code{$(prefix)}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@exec_prefix@@}.)
+
+Generally, @code{$(exec_prefix)} is used for directories that contain
+machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine libraries),
+while @code{$(prefix)} is used directly for other directories.
+
+Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{exec_prefix}
+from the one used to build the program should @emph{not} recompile the
+program.
+@end table
+
+Executable programs are installed in one of the following directories.
+
+@table @code
+@item bindir
+@vindex bindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that users can run.
+This should normally be @file{/usr/local/bin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/bin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@bindir@@}.)
+
+@item sbindir
+@vindex sbindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that can be run from
+the shell, but are only generally useful to system administrators.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/sbin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/sbin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sbindir@@}.)
+
+@item libexecdir
+@vindex libexecdir
+@comment This paragraph adjusted to avoid overfull hbox --roland 5jul94
+The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other
+programs rather than by users.  This directory should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/libexec}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/libexec}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libexecdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into
+categories in two ways.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Some files are normally modified by programs; others are never normally
+modified (though users may edit some of these).
+
+@item
+Some files are architecture-independent and can be shared by all
+machines at a site; some are architecture-dependent and can be shared
+only by machines of the same kind and operating system; others may never
+be shared between two machines.
+@end itemize
+
+This makes for six different possibilities.  However, we want to
+discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object
+files and libraries.  It is much cleaner to make other data files
+architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard.
+
+Therefore, here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify
+directories:
+
+@table @samp
+@item datadir
+The directory for installing read-only architecture independent data
+files.  This should normally be @file{/usr/local/share}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/share}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@datadir@@}.)
+As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
+and @file{$(includedir)} below.
+
+@item sysconfdir
+The directory for installing read-only data files that pertain to a
+single machine--that is to say, files for configuring a host.  Mailer
+and network configuration files, @file{/etc/passwd}, and so forth belong
+here.  All the files in this directory should be ordinary ASCII text
+files.  This directory should normally be @file{/usr/local/etc}, but
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/etc}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sysconfdir@@}.)
+
+Do not install executables here in this directory (they probably belong
+in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir)}).  Also do not install
+files that are modified in the normal course of their use (programs
+whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system excluded).
+Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
+
+@item sharedstatedir
+The directory for installing architecture-independent data files which
+the programs modify while they run.  This should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/com}, but write it as @file{$(prefix)/com}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sharedstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item localstatedir
+The directory for installing data files which the programs modify while
+they run, and that pertain to one specific machine.  Users should never
+need to modify files in this directory to configure the package's
+operation; put such configuration information in separate files that go
+in @file{$(datadir)} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}.  @file{$(localstatedir)}
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/var}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/var}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@localstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item libdir
+The directory for object files and libraries of object code.  Do not
+install executables here, they probably ought to go in @file{$(libexecdir)}
+instead.  The value of @code{libdir} should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/lib}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/lib}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libdir@@}.)
+
+@item infodir
+The directory for installing the Info files for this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/info}, but it should be written
+as @file{$(prefix)/info}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@infodir@@}.)
+
+@item lispdir
+The directory for installing any Emacs Lisp files in this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}, but it
+should be written as @file{$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
+
+If you are using Autoconf, write the default as @samp{@@lispdir@@}.
+In order to make @samp{@@lispdir@@} work, you need the following lines
+in your @file{configure.in} file:
+
+@example
+lispdir='$@{datadir@}/emacs/site-lisp'
+AC_SUBST(lispdir)
+@end example
+
+@item includedir
+@c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --roland
+The directory for installing header files to be included by user
+programs with the C @samp{#include} preprocessor directive.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/include}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@includedir@@}.)
+
+Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in directory
+@file{/usr/local/include}.  So installing the header files this way is
+only useful with GCC.  Sometimes this is not a problem because some
+libraries are only really intended to work with GCC.  But some libraries
+are intended to work with other compilers.  They should install their
+header files in two places, one specified by @code{includedir} and one
+specified by @code{oldincludedir}.
+
+@item oldincludedir
+The directory for installing @samp{#include} header files for use with
+compilers other than GCC.  This should normally be @file{/usr/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as @samp{@@oldincludedir@@}.)
+
+The Makefile commands should check whether the value of
+@code{oldincludedir} is empty.  If it is, they should not try to use
+it; they should cancel the second installation of the header files.
+
+A package should not replace an existing header in this directory unless
+the header came from the same package.  Thus, if your Foo package
+provides a header file @file{foo.h}, then it should install the header
+file in the @code{oldincludedir} directory if either (1) there is no
+@file{foo.h} there or (2) the @file{foo.h} that exists came from the Foo
+package.
+
+To tell whether @file{foo.h} came from the Foo package, put a magic
+string in the file---part of a comment---and @code{grep} for that string.
+@end table
+
+Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following:
+
+@table @samp
+@item mandir
+The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this
+package.  It will normally be @file{/usr/local/man}, but you should
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/man}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@mandir@@}.)
+
+@item man1dir
+The directory for installing section 1 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man1}.
+@item man2dir
+The directory for installing section 2 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man2}
+@item @dots{}
+
+@strong{Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a
+man page.  Write a manual in Texinfo instead.  Man pages are just for
+the sake of people running GNU software on Unix, which is a secondary
+application only.}
+
+@item manext
+The file name extension for the installed man page.  This should contain
+a period followed by the appropriate digit; it should normally be @samp{.1}.
+
+@item man1ext
+The file name extension for installed section 1 man pages.
+@item man2ext
+The file name extension for installed section 2 man pages.
+@item @dots{}
+Use these names instead of @samp{manext} if the package needs to install man
+pages in more than one section of the manual.
+@end table
+
+And finally, you should set the following variable:
+
+@table @samp
+@item srcdir
+The directory for the sources being compiled.  The value of this
+variable is normally inserted by the @code{configure} shell script.
+(If you are using Autconf, use @samp{srcdir = @@srcdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+@c I have changed some of the comments here slightly to fix an overfull
+@c hbox, so the make manual can format correctly. --roland
+# Common prefix for installation directories.
+# NOTE: This directory must exist when you start the install.
+prefix = /usr/local
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+# Where to put the executable for the command `gcc'.
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+# Where to put the directories used by the compiler.
+libexecdir = $(exec_prefix)/libexec
+# Where to put the Info files.
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+@end smallexample
+
+If your program installs a large number of files into one of the
+standard user-specified directories, it might be useful to group them
+into a subdirectory particular to that program.  If you do this, you
+should write the @code{install} rule to create these subdirectories.
+
+Do not expect the user to include the subdirectory name in the value of
+any of the variables listed above.  The idea of having a uniform set of
+variable names for installation directories is to enable the user to
+specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages.  In
+order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that
+they will work sensibly when the user does so.
+
+@node Standard Targets
+@section Standard Targets for Users
+
+All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
+
+@table @samp
+@item all
+Compile the entire program.  This should be the default target.  This
+target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
+normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
+only when explicitly asked for.
+
+By default, the Make rules should compile and link with @samp{-g}, so
+that executable programs have debugging symbols.  Users who don't mind
+being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish.
+
+@item install
+Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
+the file names where they should reside for actual use.  If there is a
+simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
+should run that test.
+
+Do not strip executables when installing them.  Devil-may-care users can
+use the @code{install-strip} target to do that.
+
+If possible, write the @code{install} target rule so that it does not
+modify anything in the directory where the program was built, provided
+@samp{make all} has just been done.  This is convenient for building the
+program under one user name and installing it under another.
+
+The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
+installed, if they don't already exist.  This includes the directories
+specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
+@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
+One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
+as described below.
+
+Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
+@code{make} will ignore any errors.  This is in case there are systems
+that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
+
+The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
+with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
+the @code{install-info} program if it is present.  @code{install-info}
+is a program that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
+menu entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package.
+Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
+
+@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
+@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
+@smallexample
+$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
+        $(POST_INSTALL)
+# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
+        -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
+         else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+        $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $(DESTDIR)$@@; \
+# Run install-info only if it exists.
+# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
+# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
+# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
+# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
+        if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
+           >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+          install-info --dir-file=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir \
+                       $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info; \
+        else true; fi
+@end smallexample
+
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.  @xref{Install Command
+Categories}.
+
+@item uninstall
+Delete all the installed files---the copies that the @samp{install}
+target creates.
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done,
+only the directories where files are installed.
+
+The uninstallation commands are divided into three categories, just like
+the installation commands.  @xref{Install Command Categories}.
+
+@item install-strip
+Like @code{install}, but strip the executable files while installing
+them.  In simple cases, this target can use the @code{install} target in
+a simple way:
+
+@smallexample
+install-strip:
+        $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' \
+                install
+@end smallexample
+
+But if the package installs scripts as well as real executables, the
+@code{install-strip} target can't just refer to the @code{install}
+target; it has to strip the executables but not the scripts.
+
+@code{install-strip} should not strip the executables in the build
+directory which are being copied for installation.  It should only strip
+the copies that are installed.
+
+Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are sure
+the program has no bugs.  However, it can be reasonable to install a
+stripped executable for actual execution while saving the unstripped
+executable elsewhere in case there is a bug.
+
+@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
+@comment in the printed Make manual.  Please leave it in.
+@item clean
+
+Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
+building the program.  Don't delete the files that record the
+configuration.  Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
+normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
+
+Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
+
+@item distclean
+Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
+configuring or building the program.  If you have unpacked the source
+and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
+distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
+
+@item mostlyclean
+Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
+normally don't want to recompile.  For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
+target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
+is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
+
+@item maintainer-clean
+Delete almost everything from the current directory that can be
+reconstructed with this Makefile.  This typically includes everything
+deleted by @code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by
+Bison, tags tables, Info files, and so on.
+
+The reason we say ``almost everything'' is that running the command
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete @file{configure} even if
+@file{configure} can be remade using a rule in the Makefile.  More generally,
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete anything that needs to
+exist in order to run @file{configure} and then begin to build the
+program.  This is the only exception; @code{maintainer-clean} should
+delete everything else that can be rebuilt.
+
+The @samp{maintainer-clean} target is intended to be used by a maintainer of
+the package, not by ordinary users.  You may need special tools to
+reconstruct some of the files that @samp{make maintainer-clean} deletes.
+Since these files are normally included in the distribution, we don't
+take care to make them easy to reconstruct.  If you find you need to
+unpack the full distribution again, don't blame us.
+
+To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special
+@code{maintainer-clean} target should start with these two:
+
+@smallexample
+@@echo 'This command is intended for maintainers to use; it'
+@@echo 'deletes files that may need special tools to rebuild.'
+@end smallexample
+
+@item TAGS
+Update a tags table for this program.
+@c ADR: how?
+
+@item info
+Generate any Info files needed.  The best way to write the rules is as
+follows:
+
+@smallexample
+info: foo.info
+
+foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.
+
+Normally a GNU distribution comes with Info files, and that means the
+Info files are present in the source directory.  Therefore, the Make
+rule for an info file should update it in the source directory.  When
+users build the package, ordinarily Make will not update the Info files
+because they will already be up to date.
+
+@item dvi
+Generate DVI files for all Texinfo documentation.
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+dvi: foo.dvi
+
+foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.@footnote{@code{texi2dvi} uses @TeX{} to do the real work
+of formatting. @TeX{} is not distributed with Texinfo.}  Alternatively,
+write just the dependencies, and allow GNU @code{make} to provide the command.
+
+@item dist
+Create a distribution tar file for this program.  The tar file should be
+set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
+name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for.  This
+name can include the version number.
+
+For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
+a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
+named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
+then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
+
+Compress the tar file with @code{gzip}.  For example, the actual
+distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called @file{gcc-1.40.tar.gz}.
+
+The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
+that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
+distribution.
+@ifset CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item check
+Perform self-tests (if any).  The user must build the program before
+running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
+the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
+installed.
+@end table
+
+The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
+in which they are useful.
+
+@table @code
+@item installcheck
+Perform installation tests (if any).  The user must build and install
+the program before running the tests.  You should not assume that
+@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.
+
+@item installdirs
+It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
+directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
+There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
+this; you can find it in the Texinfo package.
+@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
+You can use a rule like this:
+
+@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
+@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
+@smallexample
+# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
+# actually exist by making them if necessary.
+installdirs: mkinstalldirs
+        $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
+                                $(libdir) $(infodir) \
+                                $(mandir)
+@end smallexample
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done.
+It should do nothing but create installation directories.
+@end table
+
+@node Install Command Categories
+@section Install Command Categories
+
+@cindex pre-installation commands
+@cindex post-installation commands
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.
+
+Normal commands move files into their proper places, and set their
+modes.  They may not alter any files except the ones that come entirely
+from the package they belong to.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands may alter other files;
+in particular, they can edit global configuration files or data bases.
+
+Pre-installation commands are typically executed before the normal
+commands, and post-installation commands are typically run after the
+normal commands.
+
+The most common use for a post-installation command is to run
+@code{install-info}.  This cannot be done with a normal command, since
+it alters a file (the Info directory) which does not come entirely and
+solely from the package being installed.  It is a post-installation
+command because it needs to be done after the normal command which
+installs the package's Info files.
+
+Most programs don't need any pre-installation commands, but we have the
+feature just in case it is needed.
+
+To classify the commands in the @code{install} rule into these three
+categories, insert @dfn{category lines} among them.  A category line
+specifies the category for the commands that follow.
+
+A category line consists of a tab and a reference to a special Make
+variable, plus an optional comment at the end.  There are three
+variables you can use, one for each category; the variable name
+specifies the category.  Category lines are no-ops in ordinary execution
+because these three Make variables are normally undefined (and you
+@emph{should not} define them in the makefile).
+
+Here are the three possible category lines, each with a comment that
+explains what it means:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_INSTALL)     # @r{Pre-install commands follow.}
+        $(POST_INSTALL)    # @r{Post-install commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_INSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+If you don't use a category line at the beginning of the @code{install}
+rule, all the commands are classified as normal until the first category
+line.  If you don't use any category lines, all the commands are
+classified as normal.
+
+These are the category lines for @code{uninstall}:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_UNINSTALL)     # @r{Pre-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(POST_UNINSTALL)    # @r{Post-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+Typically, a pre-uninstall command would be used for deleting entries
+from the Info directory.
+
+If the @code{install} or @code{uninstall} target has any dependencies
+which act as subroutines of installation, then you should start
+@emph{each} dependency's commands with a category line, and start the
+main target's commands with a category line also.  This way, you can
+ensure that each command is placed in the right category regardless of
+which of the dependencies actually run.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands should not run any
+programs except for these:
+
+@example
+[ basename bash cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp dd diff echo
+egrep expand expr false fgrep find getopt grep gunzip gzip
+hostname install install-info kill ldconfig ln ls md5sum
+mkdir mkfifo mknod mv printenv pwd rm rmdir sed sort tee
+test touch true uname xargs yes
+@end example
+
+@cindex binary packages
+The reason for distinguishing the commands in this way is for the sake
+of making binary packages.  Typically a binary package contains all the
+executables and other files that need to be installed, and has its own
+method of installing them---so it does not need to run the normal
+installation commands.  But installing the binary package does need to
+execute the pre-installation and post-installation commands.
+
+Programs to build binary packages work by extracting the
+pre-installation and post-installation commands.  Here is one way of
+extracting the pre-installation commands:
+
+@smallexample
+make -n install -o all \
+      PRE_INSTALL=pre-install \
+      POST_INSTALL=post-install \
+      NORMAL_INSTALL=normal-install \
+  | gawk -f pre-install.awk
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where the file @file{pre-install.awk} could contain this:
+
+@smallexample
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*(normal_install|post_install)[ \t]*$/ @{on = 0@}
+on @{print $0@}
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*pre_install[ \t]*$/ @{on = 1@}
+@end smallexample
+
+The resulting file of pre-installation commands is executed as a shell
+script as part of installing the binary package.

gcc/gcc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+genrtl
+genrtl.h
+genrtl.c

gcc/gcc/.gdbinit

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+define pr
+set debug_rtx ($)
+end
+
+document pr
+Print the full structure of the rtx that is $.
+Works only when an inferior is executing.
+end
+
+define prl
+set debug_rtx_list ($, debug_rtx_count)
+end
+
+document prl
+Print the full structure of all rtx insns beginning at $.
+Works only when an inferior is executing.
+Uses variable debug_rtx_count to control number of insns printed:
+  debug_rtx_count > 0: print from $ on.
+  debug_rtx_count < 0: print a window around $.
+
+There is also debug_rtx_find (rtx, uid) that will scan a list for UID and print
+it using debug_rtx_list. Usage example: set $foo=debug_rtx_find(first, 42)
+end
+
+define pt
+set debug_tree ($)
+end
+
+document pt
+Print the full structure of the tree that is $.
+Works only when an inferior is executing.
+end
+
+define ptc
+output (enum tree_code) $.common.code
+echo \n
+end
+
+document ptc
+Print the tree-code of the tree node that is $.
+end
+
+define pdn
+output $.decl.name->identifier.pointer
+echo \n
+end
+
+document pdn
+Print the name of the decl-node that is $.
+end
+
+define ptn
+output $.type.name->decl.name->identifier.pointer
+echo \n
+end
+
+document ptn
+Print the name of the type-node that is $.
+end
+
+define prc
+output (enum rtx_code) $.code
+echo \ (
+output $.mode
+echo )\n
+end
+
+document prc
+Print the rtx-code and machine mode of the rtx that is $.
+end
+
+define pi
+print $.fld[0].rtx@7
+end
+
+document pi
+Print the fields of an instruction that is $.
+end
+
+define pbs
+set print_binding_stack ()
+end
+
+document pbs
+In cc1plus, print the current binding stack, frame by frame, up to and
+including the global binding level.
+end
+
+# Put breakpoints at exit and fancy_abort in case abort is mapped
+# to either fprintf/exit or fancy_abort.
+b exit
+b fancy_abort
+
+# Make gdb complain about symbol reading errors.  This is so that gcc
+# developers can see and fix bugs in gcc debug output.
+set complaints 20
+
+# Don't let abort actually run, as it will make
+# stdio stop working and therefore the `pr' command above as well.
+# Put this last because gcc does not reference it any more unless
+# USE_SYSTEM_ABORT is defined, so gdb may complain and bail out.
+b abort

gcc/gcc/ABOUT-GCC-NLS

@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
+Notes on GCC's Native Language Support
+
+GCC's Native Language Support (NLS) is relatively new and
+experimental, so NLS is currently disabled by default.
+
+The main reason for it being buggy is, that GCC does not set the
+locale categories correctly.  Currently only LC_MESSAGES is set if the
+system supports it and else nothing.  To work correctly, GCC would have
+to also set the character set used by the terminal by either setting
+LC_CTYPE together with LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL if LC_MESSAGES is
+not supported.
+
+This would change the behaviour of GCC in quite a few places because
+a number of standard C functions and macros change their behaviour
+depending on the locale.  These necessary changes have been done in the
+development version, but these changes are beyond the scope
+of a maintenance release such as this.  It is therefore recommended that
+you leave it disabled.
+
+If you still want to enable the feature, use configure's --enable-nls
+option to enable it.  Eventually, NLS will be enabled by default, and
+you'll need --disable-nls to disable it.  You must enable NLS in order
+to make a GCC distribution.
+
+By and large, only diagnostic messages have been internationalized.
+Some work remains in other areas; for example, GCC does not yet allow
+non-ASCII letters in identifiers.
+
+Not all of GCC's diagnostic messages have been internationalized.
+Programs like `enquire' and `genattr' are not internationalized, as
+their users are GCC maintainers who typically need to be able to read
+English anyway; internationalizing them would thus entail needless
+work for the human translators.  And no one has yet gotten around to
+internationalizing the messages in the C++ compiler, or in the
+specialized MIPS-specific programs mips-tdump and mips-tfile.
+
+The GCC library should not contain any messages that need
+internationalization, because it operates below the
+internationalization library.
+
+Currently, the only language translation supplied is en_UK (British English).
+
+Unlike some other GNU programs, the GCC sources contain few instances
+of explicit translation calls like _("string").  Instead, the
+diagnostic printing routines automatically translate their arguments.
+For example, GCC source code should not contain calls like `error
+(_("unterminated comment"))'; it should contain calls like `error
+("unterminated comment")' instead, as it is the `error' function's
+responsibility to translate the message before the user sees it.
+
+By convention, any function parameter in the GCC sources whose name
+ends in `msgid' is expected to be a message requiring translation.
+For example, the `error' function's first parameter is named `msgid'.
+GCC's exgettext script uses this convention to determine which
+function parameter strings need to be translated.  The exgettext
+script also assumes that any occurrence of `%eMSGID}' on a source
+line, where MSGID does not contain `%' or `}', corresponds to a
+message MSGID that requires translation; this is needed to identify
+diagnostics in GCC spec strings.
+
+If you enable NLS and modify source files, you'll need to use a
+special version of the GNU gettext package to propagate the
+modifications to the translation tables.  Apply the following patch
+(use `patch -p0') to GNU gettext 0.10.35, which you can retrieve from:
+
+ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gettext-0.10.35.tar.gz
+
+This patch has been submitted to the GNU gettext maintainer, so
+eventually we shouldn't need this special gettext version.
+
+This patch is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This patch is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this patch; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+1998-07-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (maintainer-clean): Remove cat-id-tbl.c and
+	stamp-cat-id.
+
+1998-07-24  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (cat-id-tbl.o): Depend on
+	$(top_srcdir)/intl/libgettext.h, not ../intl/libgettext.h.
+
+1998-07-20  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (.po.pox, all-yes, $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c,
+	$(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id, update-po): Prepend `$(srcdir)/' to
+	files built in the source directory; this is needed for
+	VPATH-based make in Solaris 2.6.
+
+1998-07-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Add support for user-specified argument numbers for keywords.
+	Extract all strings from a keyword arg, not just the first one.
+	Handle parenthesized commas inside keyword args correctly.
+	Warn about nested keywords.
+
+	* doc/gettext.texi: Document --keyword=id:argnum.
+
+	* src/xgettext.c (scan_c_file):
+	Warn about nested keywords, e.g. _(_("xxx")).
+	Warn also about not-yet-implemented but allowed nesting, e.g.
+	dcgettext(..._("xxx")..., "yyy").
+	Get all strings in a keyword arg, not just the first one.
+	Handle parenthesized commas inside keyword args correctly.
+
+	* src/xget-lex.h (enum xgettext_token_type_ty):
+	Replace xgettext_token_type_keyword1 and
+	xgettext_token_type_keyword2 with just plain
+	xgettext_token_type_keyword; it now has argnum value.
+	Add xgettext_token_type_rp.
+	(struct xgettext_token_ty): Add argnum member.
+	line_number and file_name are now also set for
+	xgettext_token_type_keyword.
+	(xgettext_lex_keyword): Arg is const char *.
+
+	* src/xget-lex.c: Include "hash.h".
+	(enum token_type_ty): Add token_type_rp.
+	(keywords): Now a hash table.
+	(phase5_get): Return token_type_rp for ')'.
+	(xgettext_lex, xgettext_lex_keyword): Add support for keyword argnums.
+	(xgettext_lex): Return xgettext_token_type_rp for ')'.
+	Report keyword argnum, line number, and file name back to caller.
+
+1998-07-09  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+        * intl/Makefile.in (uninstall):
+	Do nothing unless $(PACKAGE) is gettext.
+
+===================================================================
+RCS file: doc/gettext.texi,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.1
+diff -pu -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.1
+--- doc/gettext.texi	1998/05/01 05:53:32	0.10.35.0
++++ doc/gettext.texi	1998/07/18 00:25:15	0.10.35.1
+@@ -1854,13 +1854,19 @@ List of directories searched for input f
+ Join messages with existing file.
+ 
+ @item -k @var{word}
+-@itemx --keyword[=@var{word}]
+-Additonal keyword to be looked for (without @var{word} means not to
++@itemx --keyword[=@var{keywordspec}]
++Additonal keyword to be looked for (without @var{keywordspec} means not to
+ use default keywords).
+ 
+-The default keywords, which are always looked for if not explicitly
+-disabled, are @code{gettext}, @code{dgettext}, @code{dcgettext} and
+-@code{gettext_noop}.
++If @var{keywordspec} is a C identifer @var{id}, @code{xgettext} looks
++for strings in the first argument of each call to the function or macro
++@var{id}.  If @var{keywordspec} is of the form
++@samp{@var{id}:@var{argnum}}, @code{xgettext} looks for strings in the
++@var{argnum}th argument of the call.
++
++The default keyword specifications, which are always looked for if not
++explicitly disabled, are @code{gettext}, @code{dgettext:2},
++@code{dcgettext:2} and @code{gettext_noop}.
+ 
+ @item -m [@var{string}]
+ @itemx --msgstr-prefix[=@var{string}]
+===================================================================
+RCS file: intl/Makefile.in,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.1
+diff -pu -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.1
+--- intl/Makefile.in	1998/04/27 21:53:18	0.10.35.0
++++ intl/Makefile.in	1998/07/09 21:39:18	0.10.35.1
+@@ -143,10 +143,14 @@ install-data: all
+ installcheck:
+ 
+ uninstall:
+-	dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+-	for file in $$dists; do \
+-	  rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+-	done
++	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
++	  dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
++	  for file in $$dists; do \
++	    rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
++	  done
++	else \
++	  : ; \
++	fi
+ 
+ info dvi:
+ 
+===================================================================
+RCS file: src/xget-lex.c,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.1
+diff -pu -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.1
+--- src/xget-lex.c	1998/07/09 22:49:48	0.10.35.0
++++ src/xget-lex.c	1998/07/18 00:25:15	0.10.35.1
+@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
+ #include "error.h"
+ #include "system.h"
+ #include "libgettext.h"
++#include "hash.h"
+ #include "str-list.h"
+ #include "xget-lex.h"
+ 
+@@ -83,6 +84,7 @@ enum token_type_ty
+   token_type_eoln,
+   token_type_hash,
+   token_type_lp,
++  token_type_rp,
+   token_type_comma,
+   token_type_name,
+   token_type_number,
+@@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ static FILE *fp;
+ static int trigraphs;
+ static int cplusplus_comments;
+ static string_list_ty *comment;
+-static string_list_ty *keywords;
++static hash_table keywords;
+ static int default_keywords = 1;
+ 
+ /* These are for tracking whether comments count as immediately before
+@@ -941,6 +943,10 @@ phase5_get (tp)
+       tp->type = token_type_lp;
+       return;
+ 
++    case ')':
++      tp->type = token_type_rp;
++      return;
++
+     case ',':
+       tp->type = token_type_comma;
+       return;
+@@ -1179,6 +1185,7 @@ xgettext_lex (tp)
+   while (1)
+     {
+       token_ty token;
++      void *keyword_value;
+ 
+       phase8_get (&token);
+       switch (token.type)
+@@ -1213,17 +1220,20 @@ xgettext_lex (tp)
+ 	  if (default_keywords)
+ 	    {
+ 	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("gettext");
+-	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("dgettext");
+-	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("dcgettext");
++	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("dgettext:2");
++	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("dcgettext:2");
+ 	      xgettext_lex_keyword ("gettext_noop");
+ 	      default_keywords = 0;
+ 	    }
+ 
+-	  if (string_list_member (keywords, token.string))
+-	    {
+-	      tp->type = (strcmp (token.string, "dgettext") == 0
+-			  || strcmp (token.string, "dcgettext") == 0)
+-		? xgettext_token_type_keyword2 : xgettext_token_type_keyword1;
++	  if (find_entry (&keywords, token.string, strlen (token.string),
++			  &keyword_value)
++	      == 0)
++	    {
++	      tp->type = xgettext_token_type_keyword;
++	      tp->argnum = (int) keyword_value;
++	      tp->line_number = token.line_number;
++	      tp->file_name = logical_file_name;
+ 	    }
+ 	  else
+ 	    tp->type = xgettext_token_type_symbol;
+@@ -1236,6 +1246,12 @@ xgettext_lex (tp)
+ 	  tp->type = xgettext_token_type_lp;
+ 	  return;
+ 
++	case token_type_rp:
++	  last_non_comment_line = newline_count;
++
++	  tp->type = xgettext_token_type_rp;
++	  return;
++
+ 	case token_type_comma:
+ 	  last_non_comment_line = newline_count;
+ 
+@@ -1263,16 +1279,32 @@ xgettext_lex (tp)
+ 
+ void
+ xgettext_lex_keyword (name)
+-     char *name;
++     const char *name;
+ {
+   if (name == NULL)
+     default_keywords = 0;
+   else
+     {
+-      if (keywords == NULL)
+-	keywords = string_list_alloc ();
++      int argnum;
++      size_t len;
++      const char *sp;
++
++      if (keywords.table == NULL)
++	init_hash (&keywords, 100);
++
++      sp = strchr (name, ':');
++      if (sp)
++	{
++	  len = sp - name;
++	  argnum = atoi (sp + 1);
++	}
++      else
++	{
++	  len = strlen (name);
++	  argnum = 1;
++	}
+ 
+-      string_list_append_unique (keywords, name);
++      insert_entry (&keywords, name, len, (void *) argnum);
+     }
+ }
+ 
+===================================================================
+RCS file: src/xget-lex.h,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.1
+diff -pu -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.1
+--- src/xget-lex.h	1998/07/09 22:49:48	0.10.35.0
++++ src/xget-lex.h	1998/07/18 00:25:15	0.10.35.1
+@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suit
+ enum xgettext_token_type_ty
+ {
+   xgettext_token_type_eof,
+-  xgettext_token_type_keyword1,
+-  xgettext_token_type_keyword2,
++  xgettext_token_type_keyword,
+   xgettext_token_type_lp,
++  xgettext_token_type_rp,
+   xgettext_token_type_comma,
+   xgettext_token_type_string_literal,
+   xgettext_token_type_symbol
+@@ -37,8 +37,14 @@ struct xgettext_token_ty
+ {
+   xgettext_token_type_ty type;
+ 
+-  /* These 3 are only set for xgettext_token_type_string_literal.  */
++  /* This 1 is set only for xgettext_token_type_keyword.  */
++  int argnum;
++
++  /* This 1 is set only for xgettext_token_type_string_literal.  */
+   char *string;
++
++  /* These 2 are set only for xgettext_token_type_keyword and
++     xgettext_token_type_string_literal.  */
+   int line_number;
+   char *file_name;
+ };
+@@ -50,7 +56,7 @@ void xgettext_lex PARAMS ((xgettext_toke
+ const char *xgettext_lex_comment PARAMS ((size_t __n));
+ void xgettext_lex_comment_reset PARAMS ((void));
+ /* void xgettext_lex_filepos PARAMS ((char **, int *)); FIXME needed?  */
+-void xgettext_lex_keyword PARAMS ((char *__name));
++void xgettext_lex_keyword PARAMS ((const char *__name));
+ void xgettext_lex_cplusplus PARAMS ((void));
+ void xgettext_lex_trigraphs PARAMS ((void));
+ 
+===================================================================
+RCS file: src/xgettext.c,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.1
+diff -pu -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.1
+--- src/xgettext.c	1998/07/09 22:49:48	0.10.35.0
++++ src/xgettext.c	1998/07/18 00:25:15	0.10.35.1
+@@ -835,6 +835,8 @@ scan_c_file(filename, mlp, is_cpp_file)
+      int is_cpp_file;
+ {
+   int state;
++  int commas_to_skip;	/* defined only when in states 1 and 2 */
++  int paren_nesting;	/* defined only when in state 2 */
+ 
+   /* Inform scanner whether we have C++ files or not.  */
+   if (is_cpp_file)
+@@ -854,63 +856,79 @@ scan_c_file(filename, mlp, is_cpp_file)
+    {
+      xgettext_token_ty token;
+ 
+-     /* A simple state machine is used to do the recognising:
++     /* A state machine is used to do the recognising:
+         State 0 = waiting for something to happen
+-        State 1 = seen one of our keywords with string in first parameter
+-        State 2 = was in state 1 and now saw a left paren
+-	State 3 = seen one of our keywords with string in second parameter
+-	State 4 = was in state 3 and now saw a left paren
+-	State 5 = waiting for comma after being in state 4
+-	State 6 = saw comma after being in state 5  */
++        State 1 = seen one of our keywords
++        State 2 = waiting for part of an argument */
+      xgettext_lex (&token);
+      switch (token.type)
+        {
+-       case xgettext_token_type_keyword1:
++       case xgettext_token_type_keyword:
++	 if (!extract_all && state == 2)
++	   {
++	     if (commas_to_skip == 0)
++	       {
++		 error (0, 0,
++			_("%s:%d: warning: keyword nested in keyword arg"),
++			token.file_name, token.line_number);
++		 continue;
++	       }
++
++	     /* Here we should nest properly, but this would require a
++		potentially unbounded stack.  We haven't run across an
++		example that needs this functionality yet.  For now,
++		we punt and forget the outer keyword.  */
++	     error (0, 0,
++		    _("%s:%d: warning: keyword between outer keyword and its arg"),
++		    token.file_name, token.line_number);
++	   }
++	 commas_to_skip = token.argnum - 1;
+ 	 state = 1;
+ 	 continue;
+ 
+-       case xgettext_token_type_keyword2:
+-	 state = 3;
+-	 continue;
+-
+        case xgettext_token_type_lp:
+ 	 switch (state)
+ 	   {
+ 	   case 1:
++	     paren_nesting = 0;
+ 	     state = 2;
+ 	     break;
+-	   case 3:
+-	     state = 4;
++	   case 2:
++	     paren_nesting++;
+ 	     break;
+-	   default:
+-	     state = 0;
+ 	   }
+ 	 continue;
+ 
++       case xgettext_token_type_rp:
++	 if (state == 2 && paren_nesting != 0)
++	   paren_nesting--;
++	 else
++	   state = 0;
++	 continue;
++
+        case xgettext_token_type_comma:
+-	 state = state == 5 ? 6 : 0;
++	 if (state == 2 && commas_to_skip != 0)
++	   commas_to_skip -= paren_nesting == 0;
++	 else
++	   state = 0;
+ 	 continue;
+ 
+        case xgettext_token_type_string_literal:
+-	 if (extract_all || state == 2 || state == 6)
+-	   {
+-	     remember_a_message (mlp, &token);
+-	     state = 0;
+-	   }
++	 if (extract_all || (state == 2 && commas_to_skip == 0))
++	   remember_a_message (mlp, &token);
+ 	 else
+ 	   {
+ 	     free (token.string);
+-	     state = (state == 4 || state == 5) ? 5 : 0;
++	     state = state == 2 ? 2 : 0;
+ 	   }
+ 	 continue;
+ 
+        case xgettext_token_type_symbol:
+-	 state = (state == 4 || state == 5) ? 5 : 0;
++	 state = state == 2 ? 2 : 0;
+ 	 continue;
+ 
+        default:
+-	 state = 0;
+-	 continue;
++	 abort ();
+ 
+        case xgettext_token_type_eof:
+ 	 break;
+===================================================================
+RCS file: po/Makefile.in.in,v
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.0
+retrieving revision 0.10.35.5
+diff -u -r0.10.35.0 -r0.10.35.5
+--- po/Makefile.in.in	1998/07/20 20:20:38	0.10.35.0
++++ po/Makefile.in.in	1998/07/26 09:07:52	0.10.35.5
+@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
+ 	$(COMPILE) $<
+ 
+ .po.pox:
+-	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
++	$(MAKE) $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
+ 	$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
+ 
+ .po.mo:
+@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
+ 
+ all: all-@USE_NLS@
+ 
+-all-yes: cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS)
++all-yes: $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS)
+ all-no:
+ 
+ $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
+@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@
+ 	   || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
+ 		&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
+ 
+-$(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c: stamp-cat-id; @:
+-$(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id: $(PACKAGE).pot
++$(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c: $(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id; @:
++$(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id: $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
+ 	rm -f cat-id-tbl.tmp
+ 	sed -f ../intl/po2tbl.sed $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
+ 		| sed -e "s/@PACKAGE NAME@/$(PACKAGE)/" > cat-id-tbl.tmp
+@@ -180,7 +180,8 @@
+ 
+ check: all
+ 
+-cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
++cat-id-tbl.o: $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/intl/libgettext.h
++	$(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c
+ 
+ dvi info tags TAGS ID:
+ 
+@@ -196,7 +197,7 @@
+ maintainer-clean: distclean
+ 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+-	rm -f $(GMOFILES)
++	rm -f $(GMOFILES) cat-id-tbl.c stamp-cat-id
+ 
+ distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+ dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
+@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@
+ 	done
+ 
+ update-po: Makefile
+-	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
++	$(MAKE) $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
+ 	PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
+ 	cd $(srcdir); \
+ 	catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \